WO2024063102A1 - Drawing lamp - Google Patents

Drawing lamp Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024063102A1
WO2024063102A1 PCT/JP2023/034142 JP2023034142W WO2024063102A1 WO 2024063102 A1 WO2024063102 A1 WO 2024063102A1 JP 2023034142 W JP2023034142 W JP 2023034142W WO 2024063102 A1 WO2024063102 A1 WO 2024063102A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
emitting element
opening
lamp
light emitting
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/034142
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太郎 谷
Original Assignee
株式会社小糸製作所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2022150309A external-priority patent/JP2024044651A/en
Priority claimed from JP2022150310A external-priority patent/JP2024044652A/en
Application filed by 株式会社小糸製作所 filed Critical 株式会社小糸製作所
Publication of WO2024063102A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024063102A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S43/00Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S43/00Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights
    • F21S43/10Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights characterised by the light source
    • F21S43/13Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights characterised by the light source characterised by the type of light source
    • F21S43/14Light emitting diodes [LED]
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S43/00Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights
    • F21S43/20Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights characterised by refractors, transparent cover plates, light guides or filters
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S43/00Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights
    • F21S43/30Signalling devices specially adapted for vehicle exteriors, e.g. brake lamps, direction indicator lights or reversing lights characterised by reflectors
    • F21S43/31Optical layout thereof
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2103/00Exterior vehicle lighting devices for signalling purposes
    • F21W2103/20Direction indicator lights
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2103/00Exterior vehicle lighting devices for signalling purposes
    • F21W2103/60Projection of signs from lighting devices, e.g. symbols or information being projected onto the road
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern.
  • a drawing lamp for forming a drawing light distribution pattern i.e., a light distribution pattern for drawing characters, symbols, etc. on the road surface in front of the lamp
  • light emitted from a light emitting element is transmitted through a projection lens.
  • lamps configured to emit light toward the front of the lamp.
  • a light-shielding plate is arranged between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern is formed by projecting the aperture shape of the aperture with a projection lens.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a configuration of a light shielding plate in a vehicle-mounted drawing lamp in which an opening is formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a configuration of a light shielding plate in a vehicle-mounted drawing lamp in which a plurality of openings are formed at a plurality of locations at intervals in the vertical direction.
  • a light shielding plate is arranged between the light emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light directed from the light emitting element to the projection lens.
  • the opening formed in the light-shielding plate is set to have a V-shaped opening shape, as in the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 1, the shape will be an inverted V-shape (i.e., a shape that is pointed toward the front of the lamp). Since the drawing light distribution pattern is formed, it is possible to enhance the effect of calling attention to the surroundings. However, when the opening is formed to have a V-shaped opening in this way, it is not easy to form the entire drawing light distribution pattern with uniform brightness.
  • a condenser lens is disposed between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate, and the light emitted from the light emitting element is focused toward the opening. By doing so, it becomes possible to equalize the brightness of the drawing light distribution pattern.
  • a condenser lens is used to condense the light emitted from the light emitting element toward an aperture formed in a V-shaped aperture shape. There is no choice but to make it larger.
  • a first object of the present disclosure is to provide a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern, which can efficiently form an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern. That's true.
  • the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 2 has a configuration in which a plurality of openings are formed in the light shielding plate at intervals in the vertical direction, the drawing light distribution pattern is arranged in series toward the front of the lamp. Since they are formed side by side, it is possible to increase the effect of calling attention to the surroundings.
  • a second object of the present disclosure is to provide a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern, which is capable of forming a plurality of drawing light distribution patterns in series in close proximity to each other.
  • the goal is to provide the following.
  • Patent Document 1 has a configuration in which a condenser lens is disposed between a light emitting element and a light shielding plate, the light emitted from the light emitting element can be made to efficiently enter the projection lens. becomes possible.
  • a third object of the present disclosure is to provide a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern that can efficiently form a drawing light distribution pattern.
  • the drawing lamp includes: In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens, A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens, The light shielding plate has an opening formed in a V-shaped opening shape, A condensing lens for condensing light emitted from the light emitting element toward the opening is disposed between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate, The condensing lens is formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap the opening when viewed from the front of the lamp.
  • the drawing lamp includes: In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens, A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
  • the projection lens has a configuration in which the first and second projection lens portions are arranged side by side in a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp, A plurality of openings are formed in the light shielding plate,
  • the light shielding plate includes, as the plurality of openings, a plurality of first openings arranged at intervals in a direction intersecting the required direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section, and a plurality of first openings arranged at intervals in a direction intersecting the required direction.
  • the light emitting element includes a first light emitting element disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the plurality of first openings, and a second light emitting element disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the at least one second opening.
  • Each of the at least one second drawing light distribution pattern formed by the light emitted from the second light emitting element that enters the second projection lens part through the second opening is arranged alternately in series.
  • the arrangement of the first projection lens section and the plurality of first openings and the arrangement of the second projection lens section and the at least one second opening are set so that
  • a drawing lamp includes: In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens, A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
  • the light shielding plate includes a main body in which an opening is formed for allowing light emitted from the light emitting element to enter the projection lens, and a cylindrical shape extending from the main body toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the opening. It is equipped with a cylindrical part, The inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is formed as a reflective surface whose cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp, The light emitting element is arranged to be located behind the lamp of the cylindrical part.
  • the drawing lamp according to the first aspect of the present disclosure is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating the light emitted from the light emitting element toward the front of the lamp via a projection lens.
  • a light-shielding plate is arranged between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens. Since this light-shielding plate has an aperture formed to have a V-shaped aperture shape, an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern is formed as an inverted projection image of the aperture. It is possible to increase the effect of calling attention to.
  • a condenser lens is arranged between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate to condense the light emitted from the light emitting element toward the opening. Further, the condenser lens is formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap the opening when viewed from the front of the lamp. Therefore, the light emitted from the light emitting element can be efficiently incident on the aperture without increasing the size of the condensing lens, so the entire light distribution pattern for drawing can be formed with approximately uniform brightness. .
  • an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern can be efficiently formed.
  • a drawing lamp is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a light shielding plate and a projection lens.
  • the projection lens is arranged such that the first and second projection lens parts are lined up in a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • a plurality of first openings are formed at intervals in a direction intersecting a desired direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section in the light shielding plate.
  • At least one second opening is formed on the rear side of the lamp in the second projection lens section.
  • a first light emitting element is arranged on the rear side of the lamp in the first opening, and a second light emitting element is arranged on the rear side of the lamp in at least one second opening.
  • the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns are created as inverted projection images of the plurality of first openings. can be formed. Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element that enters the second projection lens section through the at least one second opening allows the at least one second drawing arrangement to be displayed as an inverted projection image of the at least one second opening. Light patterns can be formed. This allows other vehicles, pedestrians, etc. to be alerted.
  • first projection lens section and the plurality of first apertures are arranged such that each of the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns and each of the at least one second drawing light distribution pattern are alternately formed in a series arrangement.
  • the arrangement of the parts and the arrangement of the second projection lens part and the at least one second opening are set.
  • the plurality of first openings are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens part, and at least one second opening is formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens part. Therefore, there is no need to make the intervals between the plurality of first openings and the intervals between at least one second opening extremely narrow.
  • a drawing lighting fixture configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern
  • multiple drawing light distribution patterns can be formed in series and close to each other. This makes it possible to form a drawing light distribution pattern that has excellent functionality for calling attention to the surroundings.
  • the drawing lamp according to the third aspect of the present disclosure creates a drawing light distribution pattern as an inverted projection image of the opening by making the light emitted from the light emitting element enter the projection lens through the opening of the light shielding plate. can be formed.
  • the light shielding plate is formed with a cylindrical part that protrudes toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the opening formed in the main body of the light shielding plate. Since the inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is formed as a reflective surface, the light emitted from the light emitting element can be guided to the opening directly or after being reflected on the inner circumferential surface. Since the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical part is formed so that the cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp, it is possible to efficiently guide the emitted light from the light emitting element to the opening and then input it into the projection lens. can. As a result, the light distribution pattern for drawing can be efficiently formed.
  • a drawing light distribution pattern can be efficiently formed in a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern. This can enhance the effect of alerting the surroundings.
  • FIG. 1 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VV in FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VII-VII in FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a side view showing a state in which the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment is mounted on a vehicle.
  • FIG. 1 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle.
  • FIG. 10 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a sectional view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 13 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a third modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a drawing lamp according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a side view showing a drawing lamp according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIX-XIX in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 20 is a side view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle.
  • FIG. 22A is a front view of a drawing lamp according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 22B is a front view of a drawing lamp according to a comparative example.
  • FIG. 23 is a front view showing a main part of a drawing lamp according to a first modified example of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 24A is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIVa-XXIVa in FIG. 23.
  • FIG. 24B is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIVb-XXIVb in FIG. 23.
  • FIG. 25A is a sectional view of a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 25B is a sectional view of a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVII-XXVII in FIG. 26.
  • FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIII-XXVIII in FIG.
  • FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view showing the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle.
  • FIG. 31 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle.
  • FIG. 32 is a front view of a drawing lamp according to a modification of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 33 is a sectional view of a drawing lamp according to a modification of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a front view showing a drawing lamp 10 according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure. Further, FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp 10 according to the first embodiment. FIG. 3 is a side view showing the drawing lamp 10 according to the first embodiment. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the drawing lamp 10 according to the first embodiment broken down into main components.
  • FIG. 8 is a side view showing the drawing lamp 10 mounted on the vehicle 100.
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view showing a state in which the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the vehicle 100. Note that FIG. 9 shows a state in which the drawing lamp 10 on the left side is lit.
  • the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the front end of the vehicle 100 on the vehicle width direction side, and emits light diagonally downward toward the outside in the vehicle width direction. It is configured as follows.
  • the drawing lamp 10 is turned on in synchronization with the lighting of a front turn signal lamp (not shown). Thereby, the drawing lamp 10 is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern PA on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle.
  • the front of the lamp is oriented diagonally downward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the vehicle.
  • the front of the lamp is configured to face in the horizontal direction.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VV in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VII-VII in FIG.
  • the drawing lamp 10 is configured to emit light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens 30.
  • the drawing lamp 10 includes three light emitting elements: a first light emitting element 20A, a second light emitting element 20B, and a third light emitting element 20C.
  • the projection lens 30 has a structure in which three first projection lens parts 32A, second projection lens parts 32B, and third projection lens parts 32C are integrally formed in a state in which they are lined up in the left-right direction. At this time, the first projection lens section 32A, the second projection lens section 32B, and the third projection lens section 32C are arranged so that their respective optical axes Axa, Axb, and Axc extend in the front-rear direction of the lamp at the same height position. is formed.
  • the first projection lens section 32A located on the right side (left side when looking at the lamp from the front) is a projection lens section for long-distance drawing.
  • the second projection lens section 32B located in the center is a projection lens section for close-up drawing.
  • the second projection lens section 32B located on the left side is a projection lens section for close-up drawing.
  • the first projection lens section 32A, the second projection lens section 32B, and the third projection lens section 32C are plano-convex lenses whose respective front surfaces 32Aa, 32Ba, and 32Ca are constituted by convex curved surfaces, and have a rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front of the lamp. It has a shape.
  • the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are integrally formed with their effective lens surfaces (that is, front surfaces 32Aa to 32Ca that perform lens functions) adjacent to each other.
  • the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are formed with the same vertical width, but the horizontal width of the first projection lens section 32A is the same as that of the second projection lens section 32B and the third projection lens section 32C. It is configured to be larger than each of the projection lens sections 32C. That is, the first projection lens section 32A has a substantially square external shape when viewed from the front of the lamp, whereas each of the second projection lens section 32B and the third projection lens section 32C has an elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the front of the lamp. It has an external shape.
  • the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are disposed in this order in a stepped manner displaced toward the rear side of the lamp. At that time, the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are arranged at respective focal points Fa, Fb, and Fc on the rear side of the first projection lens section 32A, the second projection lens section 32B, and the third projection lens section 32C. are configured to be at the same position in the longitudinal direction of the lamp.
  • the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are surrounded by an outer peripheral flange section 34 formed to extend in a stepped manner along the rear surface of each section.
  • a pair of mounting flange sections 36 are formed on both the left and right sides of the outer peripheral flange section 34.
  • the pair of left and right mounting flange sections 36 have L-shaped horizontal cross sections with different lengths in the fore-aft direction of the lamp.
  • the rear end faces of the pair of left and right mounting flange sections 36 are formed to be located on the same plane perpendicular to the fore-aft direction of the lamp.
  • the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C are all white light emitting diodes and have a rectangular (specifically square) light emitting surface 20a.
  • the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C are mounted on the common substrate 22 in a state where they are arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens part 32A to the third projection lens part 32C, respectively.
  • the substrate 22 is supported by the heat sink 60 and is arranged so as to extend along a plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the first to third light emitting elements 20A to 20C are connected to the first projection lens part 32A to A light shielding plate 40 is arranged to shield a portion of the light directed toward the third projection lens section 32C.
  • the light shielding plate 40 is composed of a thin plate extending along a plane orthogonal to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the light shielding plate 40 is positioned such that its left and right ends are in contact with the pair of left and right mounting flanges 36 of the projection lens 30 from the rear side of the lamp. Thereby, the light shielding plate 40 is arranged along a vertical plane including the rear focal points Fa to Fc of the first to third projection lens sections 32A to 32C.
  • the first projection lens section 32A, second projection lens section 32B, and third projection lens section 32C in the light shielding plate 40 have a first opening 40Aa, a second opening 40Ba, and a third opening 40Ca at the rear side of the lamp. is formed.
  • the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca are all formed to have a V-shaped opening when viewed from the front of the lamp.
  • the opening angle of the V-shape in the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca is about 90 to 150° (for example, about 120°).
  • the second opening 40Ba is located higher than the first opening 40Aa
  • the third opening 40Ca is located higher than the second opening 40Ba. is located on the upper side.
  • the first opening 40Aa is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa is located below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens section 32A.
  • the second opening 40Ba is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 40Ba is located on the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens section 32B.
  • the third opening 40Ca is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca is located above the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens section 32C.
  • the amount of upward displacement Dc from the optical axis Axc of the lower end position of the central part on the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca is the upward displacement amount Dc from the optical axis Axa of the lower end position of the central part on the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa. It is set to a larger value (for example, about twice the value) than the downward displacement amount Da.
  • the second opening 40Ba has a larger vertical width than the first opening 40Aa
  • the third opening 40Ba has a larger vertical width than the second opening 40Ba.
  • 40Ca is formed with a larger vertical width.
  • the inner circumferential edges on both the left and right sides of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca extend upward in a direction that slightly expands with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the second opening 40Ba has a slightly larger horizontal width than the first opening 40Aa.
  • the third opening 40Ca is formed to have a slightly larger horizontal width than the second opening 40Ba.
  • the first light-emitting element 20A is disposed below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens unit 32A.
  • the second light-emitting element 20B is disposed on the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens unit 32B.
  • the third light-emitting element 20C is disposed above the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens unit 32C.
  • the first light emitting element 20A, the second light emitting element 20B, and the third light emitting element 20C have their light emission centers located on the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc, respectively. It is arranged so that The first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc are at the center of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa, the second opening 40Ba, and the third opening 40Ca of the light shielding plate 40, respectively. It extends in the front-rear direction of the lamp so as to pass through the lower end position.
  • the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C are connected to an electronic control unit (not shown), and are configured so that the electronic control unit performs lighting/extinguishing control according to vehicle running conditions and the like.
  • a condensing lens assembly 50 is arranged between the substrate 22 and the light shielding plate 40.
  • the condenser lens assembly 50 is integrally formed with a first condenser lens 52A, a second condenser lens 52B, and a third condenser lens 52C, which are arranged in the left-right direction, via a plate-shaped portion.
  • the first condensing lens 52A, the second condensing lens 52B, and the third condensing lens 52C are arranged so as to be located on the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc, respectively. .
  • the first condenser lens 52A, the second condenser lens 52B, and the third condenser lens 52C overlap with the first aperture 40Aa, the second aperture 40Ba, and the third aperture 40Ca of the light shielding plate 40, respectively, when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is formed so as to extend in a V-shape in a positional relationship.
  • the first condensing lens 52A is formed to surround the first opening 40Aa all around the first opening 40Aa with a vertical width larger than the first opening 40Aa, and has a substantially heart-shaped outer shape.
  • the second condenser lens 52B is formed to surround the second aperture 40Ba all around the second aperture 40Ba with a vertical width larger than that of the second aperture 40Ba, and has an approximately heart-shaped shape that is one size larger than the first condenser lens 52A. It has an external shape of a shape.
  • the third condensing lens 52C is formed to surround the third opening 40Ca all around the third opening 40Ca with a vertical width larger than that of the third opening 40Ca, and has a substantially heart shape that is one size larger than the second opening 40Ba. It has an external shape.
  • the rear surfaces 52Ab, 52Bb, and 52Cb of the first condenser lens 52A, the second condenser lens 52B, and the third condenser lens 52C are formed into convex curved surfaces.
  • the respective front surfaces 52Aa, 52Ba, and 52Ca are formed in a convex curved shape with a smaller curvature than the respective rear surfaces 52Ab, 52Bb, and 52Cb. ing.
  • the first condenser lens 52A to the third condenser lens 52C direct the incident light emitted from the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C to the first aperture 40Aa to the third aperture 40Ca, respectively.
  • the light beam is configured to be emitted toward the light shielding plate 40 as light that converges in the direction.
  • the condensing lens assembly 50 has a configuration in which a pair of mounting flanges 54 are formed on both left and right sides of a plate-shaped portion located around the first to third condensing lenses 52A to 52C.
  • the pair of left and right mounting flange portions 54 have an L-shaped horizontal cross-sectional shape.
  • the front end surface of the mounting flange portion 54 contacts both left and right end portions of the light shielding plate 40 from the rear side of the lamp, so that the first to third condensing lenses 52A to 52C are aligned from the first reference axis La to the third It is positioned on the reference axis Lc.
  • the heat sink 60 includes a main body 62 extending along a plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp, a plurality of radiation fins 64 extending along a vertical plane from the main body 62 toward the rear of the lamp, and left and right sides of the main body 62.
  • a pair of mounting flange portions 66 are formed.
  • the board 22 is in surface contact with the main body 62 of the heat sink 60, and is positioned and supported by tightening screws 72 at two diagonal locations.
  • the projection lens 30, the light shielding plate 40, and the condensing lens assembly 50 are positioned by tightening screws 74 at two diagonal locations on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 66 of the heat sink 60. Supported.
  • the screw tightening is performed by connecting the pair of left and right mounting flanges 36 of the projection lens 30, both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 40, and the pair of left and right mounting flanges 54 of the condensing lens assembly 50 to the pair of left and right mounting flanges of the heat sink 60. This is done by co-tightening with the parts 66 superimposed on each other.
  • positioning pins 36a are formed on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 36 of the projection lens 30, respectively.
  • pin insertion holes 40a into which the positioning pins 36a are inserted are provided at both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 40, a pair of left and right mounting flanges 54 of the condenser lens assembly 50, and a pair of left and right mounting flanges 66 of the heat sink 60; 54a and 66a are formed, respectively.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 10.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA is composed of three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc are all light distribution patterns in an inverted V shape (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp).
  • the three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc have approximately the same size and are arranged in series at approximately equal intervals.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAa formed in a long distance area of the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle is created by emitting light from the first light emitting element 20A toward the front of the lamp via the first projection lens section 32A. This is the light distribution pattern formed by this.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAa is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 40Aa formed in the light shielding plate 40 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the first opening 40Aa is located such that the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa is below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens section 32A.
  • the light distribution pattern PAa is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed upward from the optical axis Axa. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PAa is formed in a long distance area.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAa is formed with sufficient and substantially uniform brightness.
  • the first light emitting element 20A and the first condensing lens 52A are arranged on the first reference axis La passing through the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa. Sufficient brightness of the light pattern PAa is ensured.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAb formed in a short distance area of the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle is created by emitting light from the second light emitting element 20B toward the front of the lamp via the second projection lens section 32B. This is a light distribution pattern formed by
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 40Ba, which is formed to have a V-shaped opening shape in the light shielding plate 40.
  • the lower end of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 40Ba is located on the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens portion 32B. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light substantially parallel to the optical axis Axb. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is formed in the short distance area.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is formed with sufficient and substantially uniform brightness.
  • the second light emitting element 20B and the second condensing lens 52B are arranged on the second reference axis Lb passing through the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 40Ba. Sufficient brightness of the light pattern PAb is ensured.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAc formed in a close range area of the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle is created by emitting light from the third light emitting element 20C toward the front of the lamp via the third projection lens section 32C. This is a light distribution pattern formed by
  • This drawing light distribution pattern PAc is formed as an inverted projection image of the third opening 40Ca formed in the light shielding plate 40 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the lower end of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca is located above the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens section 32C. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAc is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed downward from the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens section 32C. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PAc is formed in a close range area.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PAc is formed with sufficient brightness and substantially uniform brightness.
  • the third light emitting element 20C and the second condensing lens 52B are arranged on the third reference axis Lc passing through the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca. Sufficient brightness of the light pattern PAc is ensured.
  • the upward displacement amount Dc of the third opening 40Ca from the optical axis Axc is set to a larger value than the downward displacement amount Da of the first opening 40Aa from the optical axis Axa. Therefore, although the irradiation angles of the light emitted from the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C with respect to the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle are different, the light distribution pattern for drawing PAb and the light distribution pattern for drawing The distance from PAc is approximately the same as that between the drawing light distribution pattern PAa and the drawing light distribution pattern PAb.
  • the three drawing light distribution patterns PAa to PAc are formed with approximately the same size. This is because the vertical widths of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca increase in this order, and the inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides of the openings expand slightly in the vertical direction. This is due to the fact that the opening 40A is elongated, and the left and right widths also become somewhat larger in the order of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca.
  • the drawing lamp 10 has a drawing light distribution pattern PAa to Configured to form a PAc.
  • the projection lens 30 has a first projection lens section 32A for long-distance drawing, a second projection lens section 32B for short-distance drawing, and a third projection lens section 32C for close-range drawing in the left-right direction (intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp).
  • the configuration is such that they are arranged in a line in the required direction.
  • the light shielding plate 40 disposed between the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C and the projection lens 30 includes a portion on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 32A to third projection lens section 32C.
  • a first opening 40Aa to a third opening 40Ca are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C and passing through the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca forms an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern PAa to PAc as an inverted projection image. Form in 3 places near and far. This can increase the effect of alerting the surroundings.
  • the emitted light from the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C is transmitted to the first opening 40Aa to the third opening.
  • a first condenser lens 52A to a third condenser lens 52C are arranged to condense light toward the portion 40Ca.
  • the first condenser lens 52A to the third condenser lens 52C are all formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap with the first aperture 40Aa to the third aperture 40Ca when viewed from the front of the lamp.
  • the drawing lamp 10 configured to form the drawing light distribution pattern PA
  • the three inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution patterns PAa to Pac that make up the drawing light distribution pattern PA can be efficiently formed.
  • the first to third projection lens parts 32A to 32C are integrally formed with their effective lens surfaces adjacent to each other.
  • the projection lens 30 can be seen as one unified lens, and the design of the first to third projection lens parts 32A to 32C can be improved.
  • the first projection lens section 32A is formed in a larger size than the second projection lens section 32B and the third projection lens section 32C. Therefore, the light distribution pattern for drawing PAa formed in the far-distance area is approximately as clear as the light distribution pattern for drawing PAb formed in the near-distance area and the light distribution pattern for drawing PAc formed in the close-distance area. formed by degree and brightness. Thereby, the function of calling attention to the surroundings by forming the drawing light distribution pattern PA can be enhanced.
  • the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca which are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape, are all formed with a constant vertical width.
  • other opening shapes may be adopted as long as the lower inner peripheral edges of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca extend in a V-shape.
  • the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca are formed such that the vertical width of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca gradually narrows from the center position in the left-right direction toward both end positions. It may have an opening shape.
  • the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca may have an asymmetrical opening shape, an opening shape shaped like a downward arrow, or the like. Even when these opening shapes are adopted, it is possible to form the drawing light distribution patterns PAa to PAc as an inverted V-shaped light distribution pattern (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp).
  • the first projection lens unit 32A to the third projection lens unit 32C are formed so that their optical axes Axa to Axc all extend in the front-to-rear direction of the lamp at the same height position.
  • the first projection lens unit 32A to the third projection lens unit 32C may have other configurations.
  • the first projection lens unit 32A to the third projection lens unit 32C may be formed so that the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens unit 32A extends upward more than the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens unit 32B, and the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens unit 32C extends downward more than the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens unit 32B.
  • the first to third light emitting elements 20A to 20C emit light in white, but other colors (for example, amber, red, etc.) may be used.
  • the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the vehicle width direction side end at the front end of the vehicle 100, but it may also be mounted on the rear end or side of the vehicle 100, etc.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 10, but the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle.
  • a drawing light distribution pattern may be formed on a wall surface or the like.
  • FIG. 10 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first modification of the first embodiment.
  • the basic configuration of the first modification is the same as that of the first embodiment, but the arrangement of the first light emitting element 120A is different from the first embodiment.
  • the first light emitting element 120A of the first modification is arranged in a state rotated by 45 degrees around the first reference axis La of the first light emitting element 20A of the first embodiment. That is, like the first light emitting element 20A of the first embodiment, the first light emitting element 120A has a rectangular (specifically square) light emitting surface 120a, but the light emitting surface 120a is The vertices are arranged in a diamond shape with the vertices facing up, down, left and right.
  • the configurations of the first projection lens section 32A, the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40, and the first condensing lens 52A, and the optical axis Axa and the first reference axis La of the first projection lens section 32A are changed.
  • the positional relationship is the same as in the first embodiment.
  • the first light emitting element 120A is arranged so that its light emitting surface 120a appears to be a diamond shape with the apex facing in the vertical and horizontal directions when the lamp is viewed from the front. Thereby, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 120A that has entered the first condensing lens 52A can be made to enter the first opening 40Aa, which is formed to have a V-shaped opening, more efficiently. .
  • the configuration of this modification example is It is particularly effective if the system is adopted.
  • FIG. 11 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the first embodiment.
  • the basic configuration of the second modification is the same as that of the first embodiment, but the number and arrangement of the first light emitting elements 220A are different from the first embodiment.
  • the first light emitting elements 220A are arranged in three locations in a V-shaped arrangement.
  • Three first light emitting elements 220A having the same configuration as the first light emitting element 20A of the first embodiment are arranged so as to be located at the center and both ends of the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40 in the left and right direction. ing.
  • the first light emitting element 220A which is disposed at the center in the left-right direction among the three first light emitting elements 220A, is located below the first reference axis La and approximately at the vertical center of the first opening 40Aa.
  • the first light emitting elements 220A which are arranged at both ends in the left and right direction among the three first light emitting elements 220A, are also located approximately at the vertical center of the first opening 40Aa.
  • the configurations of the first projection lens section 32A, the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40, and the first condensing lens 52A, and the optical axis Axa and the first reference axis La of the first projection lens section 32A are changed.
  • the positional relationship is the same as in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 12 shows a cross-sectional shape of the V-shaped first opening 40Aa along an inclined linear portion on one side.
  • the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A has a central portion 52Ab1 extending linearly in a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp. .
  • the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A extends in a convex curve shape so that both end portions 52Ab2 and 52Ab3 wrap around toward the front side of the lamp.
  • the front surface 52Aa of the first condensing lens 52A is configured similarly to the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A.
  • the light emitted from each first light emitting element 220A and incident on the central portion 52Ab1 of the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A is emitted from the front surface 52Aa at the same output angle as the incident angle, and most of the light is emitted from the front surface 52Aa at the same output angle as the incident angle. reaches the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40.
  • each first light emitting element 220A and incident on both ends 52Ab2 and 52Ab3 of the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A is refracted in a direction toward each other, and then further toward each other from the front surface 52Aa. Most of the light reaches the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40.
  • the inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern PAa (see FIGS. 8 and 9) can be made brighter and more uniform. can be formed.
  • the first condensing lens 52A is configured to direct the emitted light from the first light emitting elements 220A arranged at three locations in a direction in which they approach each other. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting elements 220A arranged at three locations can be made to enter the first opening 40Aa more efficiently.
  • FIG. 13 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a third modification of the first embodiment.
  • a first opening 340Aa, a second opening 340Ba, and a third opening 340Ca are formed at intervals in the vertical direction in a light shielding plate 340 arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 332A.
  • a first condensing lens 352A, a second condensing lens 352B, and a third condensing lens 352C are arranged vertically on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 332A.
  • a first light emitting element 320A, a second light emitting element 320B, and a third light emitting element 320C are arranged at intervals in the vertical direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 332A.
  • the first opening 340Aa is formed such that the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 340Aa is located below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens section 332A.
  • the second opening 340Ba is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 340Ba is located on the optical axis Axa.
  • the third opening 340Ca is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 340Ca is located above the optical axis Axa.
  • the amount of upward displacement from the optical axis Axa of the central lower end position of the upper inner peripheral edge in the third opening 340Ca is greater than the amount of downward displacement from the optical axis Axa of the central lower end position of the upper inner peripheral edge in the first opening 340Aa. It's also big.
  • the second opening 340Ba has a larger vertical width than the first opening 340Aa
  • the third opening 340Ba has a larger vertical width than the second opening 340Ba
  • 340Ca is formed with a larger vertical width.
  • the inner peripheral edges on both the left and right sides of the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the second opening 340Ba has a slightly larger horizontal width than the first opening 340Aa
  • the third opening 340Ca has a slightly larger horizontal width than the second opening 340Ba.
  • the first light emitting element 320A, the second light emitting element 320B, and the third light emitting element 320C are arranged such that their light emission centers are located on the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc, respectively. ing.
  • the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc pass through the lower end positions of the central portions of the upper inner peripheral edges of the first opening 340Aa, the second opening 340Ba, and the third opening 340Ca, respectively. In this way, it extends in the front and back direction of the lamp.
  • the first condensing lens 352A, the second condensing lens 352B, and the third condensing lens 352C are arranged at V in a positional relationship overlapping with the first aperture 340Aa, the second aperture 340Ba, and the third aperture 340Ca when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is formed to extend in the shape of a letter.
  • the first condensing lens 352A is formed to surround the first opening 340Aa all around the first opening 340Aa with a vertical width larger than the first opening 340Aa, and has a substantially heart-shaped outer shape.
  • the second condenser lens 352B is formed to surround the second aperture 340Ba all around the second aperture 340Ba with a vertical width larger than that of the second aperture 340Ba. It has an external shape of a shape.
  • the third condenser lens 352C is formed to surround the third aperture 340Ca all around the third aperture 340Ca with a vertical width larger than that of the third aperture 340Ca, and has a substantially heart-shaped shape that is one size larger than the second condenser lens 352B. It has an external shape of a shape.
  • the shapes of the front and rear surfaces of the first condensing lens 352A to the third condensing lens 352C are the same as those in the first embodiment, but the first condensing lens 352A has an upper edge of the first condensing lens 352A. is connected to the lower edge of the second condenser lens 352B. Further, the second condenser lens 352B is connected to the upper edge of the second condenser lens 352B and to the lower edge of the third condenser lens 352C.
  • the first condenser lens 352A to the third condenser lens 352C input the emitted light from the first light emitting element 320A to the third light emitting element 320C, respectively, and then open the first aperture 340Aa to the third aperture 340Ca.
  • the light beam is configured to be emitted toward the light shielding plate 340 as light that converges in the direction.
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 320A to the third light emitting element 320Ca that has entered the first projection lens section 332A through the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca is different from that in the first embodiment.
  • three inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc are formed as the drawing light distribution patterns PA.
  • the three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc are formed to have substantially the same size and to be arranged in series at substantially equal intervals (see FIGS. 8 and 9).
  • the first to third condenser lenses 352A to 352C extending in a V-shape are arranged adjacent to each other in the vertical direction. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 320A to the third light emitting element 320C can be made to efficiently enter the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca.
  • the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment and its modifications may be a vehicle-mounted lamp, or a lamp used for purposes other than vehicle-mounted.
  • the light shielding plate is arranged between the light emitting element and the projection lens so as to block a portion of the light traveling from the light emitting element to the projection lens, and there are no particular limitations on its specific arrangement.
  • the specific opening shape of the opening is not particularly limited as long as it is formed to have a V-shaped opening.
  • the V-shaped opening does not necessarily have to have a V-shaped upper inner periphery as long as its lower inner periphery extends in a V-shape.
  • the specific arrangement and shape of the condenser lens is not particularly limited as long as it is formed to extend in a V-shape overlapping the opening of the light shielding plate when viewed from the front of the lamp. . Moreover, the condensing lens does not necessarily have to be arranged in a positional relationship that completely overlaps the opening of the light shielding plate.
  • FIG. 14 is a front view showing a drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a side view showing a drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 is a side view showing the drawing lamp 410 according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle 500.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp 410 according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle 500. Note that FIG. 21 shows a state in which the drawing lamp 410 on the left side is lit.
  • the drawing lamp 410 is mounted on a side end in the vehicle width direction of the front end of the vehicle 500, and is designed to emit light diagonally downward toward the outside in the vehicle width direction. It is composed of The drawing lamp 410 lights up in synchronization with the lighting of a front turn signal lamp (not shown). Thereby, the drawing lamp 410 is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern PA2 on the road surface 402 in front of the vehicle.
  • the front of the lamp is oriented diagonally downward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the vehicle. There is. However, as shown in FIGS. 14 to 17, when the drawing lamp 410 is a single item, the front of the lamp is configured to face in the horizontal direction.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIX-XIX in FIG. 14.
  • the drawing lamp 410 is configured to emit light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens 430.
  • the drawing lamp 410 includes a first light emitting element 420A and a second light emitting element 420B as light emitting elements.
  • the projection lens 430 has a configuration in which two first projection lens sections 432A and a second projection lens section 432B having the same configuration are arranged side by side in the left-right direction.
  • the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are formed such that their respective optical axes Axa2 and Axb2 extend in the lamp longitudinal direction at the same height position.
  • the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are plano-convex lenses whose respective front faces 432Aa, 432Ba are formed from convex curved surfaces, and have a rectangular (specifically, substantially square) outer shape when viewed from the front of the lamp.
  • the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are integrally formed with their respective effective lens surfaces (i.e. the front faces 432Aa, 432Ba that perform the lens function) adjacent to each other.
  • the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are surrounded by an outer peripheral flange section 434 formed to extend along the respective rear surfaces.
  • a pair of mounting flanges 436 are formed on both left and right sides of the outer peripheral flange portion 434 .
  • the pair of left and right mounting flange portions 436 each have an L-shaped horizontal cross-sectional shape.
  • the pair of left and right mounting flange portions 436 are formed such that their respective rear end surfaces are located on the same plane orthogonal to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the first light-emitting element 420A and the second light-emitting element 420B are both white light-emitting diodes and have a rectangular (specifically, square) light-emitting surface 420a.
  • the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B are mounted on a common substrate 422 in a state where they are arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens part 432A and the second projection lens part 432B, respectively.
  • This substrate 422 is supported by a heat sink 460 while being arranged so as to extend along a plane orthogonal to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • a light shielding plate 440 is disposed between the first light-emitting element 420A and the second light-emitting element 420B and the first projection lens unit 432A and the second projection lens unit 432B to block a portion of the light traveling from the first light-emitting element 420A and the second light-emitting element 420B to the first projection lens unit 432A and the second projection lens unit 432B.
  • the light shielding plate 440 is made of a thin plate extending along a plane perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the light shielding plate 440 is positioned so as to be in contact with the pair of right and left mounting flanges 436 of the projection lens 430 from the rear side of the lamp at both left and right ends. Thereby, the light shielding plate 440 is arranged along a vertical plane including the rear focal points Fa2 and Fb2 of the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B.
  • Two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are formed in the light shielding plate 440 at a portion on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens portion 432A. Furthermore, two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are formed in the light shielding plate 440 at a portion on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens section 432B.
  • FIG. 22A is a front view showing the main parts of the drawing lamp 410.
  • the two-dot chain line shows the state in which the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are moved in parallel to the position of the first projection lens section 432A located on the right side (left side when viewed from the front of the lamp). Further, a state in which the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are moved in parallel to the position of the second projection lens section 432B located on the left side is shown by a two-dot chain line.
  • the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are all formed to have a V-shaped opening shape when the lamp is viewed from the front.
  • the opening angle of the V-shape is set to a value of about 90 to 150° (for example, a value of about 120°).
  • the second opening 440Bb is located higher than the first opening 440Aa. Moreover, in the first opening 440Ac and the second opening 440Bb, the first opening 440Ac is located higher than the second opening 440Bb. Furthermore, in the first opening 440Ac and the second opening 440Bd, the second opening 440Bd is located higher than the first opening 440Ac.
  • the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged in the following order: first opening 440Aa, second opening 440Bb, first opening 440Ac, and second opening 440Bd.
  • the vertical width of the opening gradually increases.
  • the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged in the vertical direction in the order of first opening 440Aa, second opening 440Bb, first opening 440Ac, and second opening 440Bd. They are formed so that the distance between them gradually increases.
  • the central lower end position of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 440Ac is the optical axis of the first projection lens section 432A. It is arranged so as to be located above Axa2.
  • the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are formed such that their respective inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are formed such that their inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines.
  • the first light-emitting element 420A is disposed below the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens unit 432A.
  • the second light-emitting element 420B is disposed above the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens unit 432B.
  • the first light emitting element 420A is arranged such that its light emitting center is located on the first reference axis La2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the lamp below the optical axis Axa2, and the second light emitting element 420B is , the light emitting center is positioned on a second reference axis Lb2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the lamp above the optical axis Axb2.
  • the first reference axis La2 is set at a position passing through the central lower end position of the lower inner peripheral edge of the first opening 440Aa of the light shielding plate 440.
  • the second reference axis Lb2 is set at a position passing through the center lower end position of the lower inner peripheral edge of the second opening 440Bd of the light shielding plate 440.
  • the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B are connected to an electronic control unit (not shown), and are controlled to turn on and off depending on the vehicle running condition and the like.
  • a condensing lens assembly 450 is arranged between the substrate 422 and the light shielding plate 440.
  • the condensing lens assembly 450 has a configuration in which a first condensing lens 452A and a second condensing lens 452B are aligned in the left-right direction and are integrally formed via a plate-shaped portion.
  • the first condenser lens 452A and the second condenser lens 452B are arranged such that their respective optical axes are located on the first reference axis La2 and the second reference axis Lb2.
  • the first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B have rear surfaces 452Ab and 452Bb formed in a convex curved shape.
  • the first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B have respective front surfaces 452Aa and 452Ba formed into convex curved surfaces having a smaller curvature than rear surfaces 452Ab and 452Bb.
  • the first condensing lens 452A is configured to make the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A enter the first opening 440Aa of the light shielding plate 440 as light parallel to the first reference axis La2.
  • the second condensing lens 452B makes the light emitted from the second condensing lens 452B enter the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd of the light shielding plate 440 as light parallel to the second reference axis Lb2. It is configured.
  • the condensing lens assembly 450 has a configuration in which a pair of mounting flanges 454 are formed on both left and right sides of a plate-shaped portion located around the first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B.
  • the pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 have an L-shaped horizontal cross-sectional shape.
  • the front end surfaces of the pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 abut against both the left and right ends of the light shielding plate 440 from the rear side of the lamp, so that the first condenser lens 452A and the second condenser lens 452B are aligned with the first reference axis La2. and is positioned on the second reference axis Lb2.
  • the heat sink 460 comprises a main body 462 extending along a plane perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction of the lamp, a number of heat dissipation fins 464 extending along a vertical plane from the main body 462 toward the rear of the lamp, and a pair of mounting flanges 466 formed on both the left and right sides of the main body 462.
  • the board 422 is positioned and supported by tightening screws 472 at two diagonal locations while being in surface contact with the main body 462 of the heat sink 460.
  • the projection lens 430, light shielding plate 440, and condensing lens assembly 450 are positioned by tightening the screws 374 at two diagonal locations on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 466 of the heat sink 460. Supported. The screws are tightened by connecting the pair of left and right mounting flanges 436 of the projection lens 430, the left and right ends of the light shielding plate 440, and the pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 of the condensing lens assembly 450 to the pair of left and right mounting flanges of the heat sink 460. This is done by co-tightening with the parts 466 superimposed on each other.
  • positioning pins 436a are formed on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 436 of the projection lens 430, respectively.
  • pin insertion holes 440a into which positioning pins 436a are inserted are provided at both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 440, a pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 of the condenser lens assembly 450, and a pair of left and right mounting flanges 466 of the heat sink 460; 454a and 466a are formed, respectively.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 is formed by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 410.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 is composed of four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2, as shown in FIGS. 20 and 21.
  • the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are all light distribution patterns in an inverted V shape (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp).
  • the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 have approximately the same size and are arranged in series at approximately equal intervals, and are arranged at long distances on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle. area, intermediate range area, short range area, and close range area.
  • the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 formed in the long-distance area and the short-distance area are formed by emitting light from the first light emitting element 420A toward the front of the lamp via the first projection lens section 432A.
  • the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 formed in the intermediate distance region and the close distance region are such that the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B is directed toward the front of the lamp via the second projection lens portion 432B.
  • the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 440Aa formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the first opening 440Aa is located considerably below the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens section 432A. For this reason, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A is irradiated toward the front of the lamp as light that is directed considerably upward relative to the optical axis Axa2. As a result, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa2 is formed in a long distance area. Ru.
  • the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 440Bb, which is formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the second opening 440Bb is located below the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens portion 432B. Therefore, the light emitted from the second light-emitting element 420B is irradiated toward the front of the lamp as light directed upward from the optical axis Axb2. As a result, the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2 is formed in the mid-distance region.
  • the first drawing light distribution pattern PAc2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 440Ac formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the first opening 440Ac is located approximately on the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens section 432A. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light substantially parallel to the optical axis Axa2. Thereby, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAc2 is formed in a short distance area.
  • the second drawing light distribution pattern PAd2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 440Bd formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. Since the second opening 440Bd is located above the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens section 432B, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B is forward of the lamp as light directed downward from the optical axis Axb2. The second drawing light distribution pattern PAd2 is thereby formed in a close range area.
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A efficiently enters the first openings 440Aa and 440Ac by the first condenser lens 452A having a biconvex lens shape. Therefore, sufficient brightness of the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 is ensured. Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B efficiently enters the second openings 4440Bb and 440Bd by the second condensing lens 452B having a biconvex lens shape. Therefore, sufficient brightness of the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 is ensured.
  • the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are formed to have substantially the same size. This is because the vertical widths of the first opening 440Aa, second opening 440Bb, first opening 440Ac, and second opening 440Bd increase in this order, and the inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides thereof are directed upward. This is because the inner peripheral edges on both the left and right sides are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines.
  • the drawing lamp 410 distributes light for drawing by irradiating the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B toward the front of the lamp through the light shielding plate 440 and the projection lens 430.
  • the structure is such that a pattern PA2 is formed.
  • the projection lens 430 has a configuration in which a first projection lens section 432A and a second projection lens section 432B are arranged side by side in the left-right direction (a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp).
  • first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are formed at the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 432A in the light shielding plate 440 at intervals in the vertical direction (direction intersecting the above-mentioned required direction).
  • Two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens section 432B with an interval in the vertical direction.
  • a first light emitting element 420A is arranged on the rear side of the lamp between the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac
  • a second light emitting element 420B is arranged on the rear side of the lamp between the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. ing.
  • first Drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 are formed. Furthermore, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B that enters the second projection lens section 432B through the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd produces two inverted projected images of the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. Second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 are formed. This allows other vehicles, pedestrians, etc. to be alerted.
  • the first projection lens section 432A and the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac, as well as the second projection lens section 432B and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged so that the two first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the two second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are alternately formed in a series arrangement.
  • the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 432A.
  • Two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens section. Therefore, there is no need to make the distance between the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the distance between the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd extremely narrow.
  • the rigidity of the portion located between the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the portion located between the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd is reduced. It becomes difficult.
  • the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 constituting the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 can be formed in series in close proximity to each other.
  • the drawing lamp 410 configured to form the drawing light distribution pattern PA2
  • the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2, and The second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 can be formed in series in close proximity to each other. Thereby, it is possible to form a drawing light distribution pattern that has an excellent function of calling attention to the surroundings.
  • the two first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 , PAc2 and the two second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 can be formed in series in the direction along the lamp irradiation direction, thereby further enhancing the effect of calling attention to the surroundings.
  • the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are both formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. Therefore, the light emitted from the light emitting element and passing through the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd forms the four inverted V-shaped first drawing light distribution patterns as an inverted projection image.
  • PAa2, PAc2 and second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are formed in series. Thereby, the effect of calling attention to the surroundings can be further enhanced.
  • FIG. 22B is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a comparative example.
  • FIG. 22B is a front view of the drawing lamp viewed from the same direction as FIG. 22A.
  • a projection lens section 432' having the same configuration as the first projection lens section 432A of this embodiment is provided on the rear side of the lamp.
  • a light shielding plate 440' is disposed in which four openings 440a', 440b', 440c', and 440d' each having a V-shaped opening are formed at intervals in the vertical direction. .
  • the four openings 440a', 440b', 440c', and 440d' are formed to have the same opening shape as the first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the second openings 440Bb, 440Bd of this embodiment, respectively. has been done.
  • the light emitting element 420' is arranged on the optical axis Ax2' of the projection lens section 432'. Further, a condenser lens 452' for making the light emitted from the light emitting element 420' enter the four openings 440a' to 440d' is arranged on the optical axis Ax2'.
  • the portions located between the four openings 440a' to 440d' are formed to have a narrow width and extend in a V-shape. For this reason, it becomes difficult to ensure the rigidity of the light shielding plate 440'.
  • the distance between the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the distance between the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are sufficiently ensured. This makes it possible to ensure sufficient rigidity in the portion between the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the portion between the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd.
  • a first light emitting element is provided between the first light emitting element 420A and the light shielding plate 440 for condensing the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A toward the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac.
  • a condensing lens 452A is arranged.
  • a second condensing lens 452B is arranged between the second light emitting element 420B and the light shielding plate 440 to condense the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B toward the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. ing. Therefore, the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 can be formed as brighter and more uniform light distribution patterns.
  • the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd formed in the light shielding plate 440 are both formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd may have other opening shapes (for example, opening shapes such as a downward arrow or an inverted trapezoid).
  • the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B passes through the first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B to the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and The light enters the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd.
  • the drawing lamp is configured such that the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B directly enters the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd. Good too.
  • two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens portion 432A in the light shielding plate 440.
  • Two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens portion 432B.
  • only a single second opening 440Bb may be formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens portion 432B.
  • the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are formed such that their respective optical axes Axa2 and Axb2 extend in the front-rear direction of the lamp at the same height position.
  • the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens section 432A may be formed to extend upward more than the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens section 432B.
  • the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B have been described as emitting white light, but it is also possible to adopt other light emitting colors (for example, amber or red). It is.
  • the drawing lamp 410 has been described as being mounted on the side end in the vehicle width direction of the front end of the vehicle 500, but it may also be mounted on the rear end, side surface, etc. of the vehicle 500. It is also possible to do so.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 is formed on the road surface 402 in front of the vehicle by the light emitted from the drawing lamp 410, but it is also possible to configure the drawing light distribution pattern to be formed on a wall surface located in front of the lamp or a wall surface extending toward the front of the lamp.
  • FIG. 23 is a front view showing the main parts of the drawing lamp 510 according to the first modification of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram of the drawing lamp 510 viewed from the same direction as FIG. 22A.
  • 24A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIVa-XXIVa in FIG. 23, and
  • FIG. 24B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIVb-XXIVb in FIG.
  • the basic configuration of this modification is the same as that of the second embodiment, but the number and arrangement of the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B are different. This is partially different from the second embodiment.
  • a first light emitting element 420A is arranged on the rear side of each of the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac formed in the light shielding plate 440.
  • a second light emitting element 420B is arranged on the rear side of each of the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd.
  • the two first light emitting elements 420A arranged on the rear side of the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac have their respective light emission centers located above the first openings 440Aa and 440Ac when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is arranged so as to be located at the center lower end position of the inner peripheral edge.
  • the two second light emitting elements 420B arranged on the rear side of the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd have their respective light emitting centers located at the upper inner periphery of the second openings 440Bb and 440Bd when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is arranged so as to be located at the center lower end position.
  • the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side efficiently enters the first opening 440Aa via the first condensing lens 452A.
  • Emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side efficiently enters the first opening 440Ac via the first condenser lens 452A.
  • the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side efficiently enters the second opening 440Bb via the second condenser lens 452B.
  • Emitted light from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side efficiently enters the second opening 440Bd via the second condenser lens 452B.
  • the amount of light that enters the first projection lens section 432A through the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac increases. Therefore, it becomes easy to ensure the brightness of the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 (see FIGS. 20 and 21) formed in the long-distance area and the short-distance area. Furthermore, the amount of light that enters the second projection lens section 432B via the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd increases. Therefore, it becomes easy to ensure the brightness of the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 formed in the intermediate distance area and the close distance area.
  • FIGS. 25A and 25B show main parts of a drawing lamp 610 according to a second modification of the second embodiment, and FIGS. 25A and 25B are sectional views illustrating the same cross section as FIGS. 24A and 24B, respectively. It is.
  • the basic configuration of this modification is the same as that of the first modification, except that a light guide 680 is disposed between the substrate 422 and the light shielding plate 440. This differs from the first modification in this point.
  • a light guide 680 is disposed between the substrate 422 and the light shielding plate 440, instead of the focusing lens assembly 450 of the first modified example.
  • the light guide 680 includes a plate-shaped portion 682 formed to extend along the rear surface of the light shielding plate 440, and four light guide portions 684Aa, 684Ac, 684Bb, and 684Bd formed to protrude from the rear surface of the plate-shaped portion 682 toward the rear of the lamp.
  • the four light guide portions 684Aa to 684Bd are formed at positions corresponding to the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd formed in the light shielding plate 440.
  • the light-guiding portion 684Aa is formed so as to expand from the first light-emitting element 420A located below toward the first opening 440Aa.
  • the light-guiding portion 684Aa has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and its rear end face is located near the front of the first light-emitting element 420A located below.
  • the front edge of the light-guiding portion 684Aa is connected to the plate-shaped portion 682 at a position surrounding the first opening 440Aa.
  • the light guide portion 684Ac is formed to expand from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side toward the first opening portion 440Ac.
  • the light guide portion 684Ac has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and the rear end surface is located near the front of the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side. Further, the front end edge of the light guide section 684Ac is connected to the plate-like section 682 at a position surrounding the first opening section 440Ac.
  • the light guide portion 684Bb is formed to expand from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side toward the second opening portion 440Bb.
  • the light guide portion 684Bb has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and its rear end surface is located near the front of the second light emitting element 420B located below. Further, the front edge of the light guide section 684Bb is connected to the plate-like section 282 at a position surrounding the second opening section 440Bb.
  • the light guide portion 684Bd is formed to expand from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side toward the second opening portion 440Bd.
  • the light guide portion 684Bd has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and its rear end surface is located near the front of the second light emitting element 420B located above. Further, the front edge of the light guide section 684Bd is connected to the plate-like section 682 at a position surrounding the second opening section 440Bd.
  • the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side enters the light guide section 684Bb from the rear end surface, it is directly reflected or completely reflected on the peripheral wall surface of the light guide section 684Bb, and then the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side enters the light guide section 684Bb from the rear end surface.
  • the light enters the opening 440Bb.
  • the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side enters the light guide section 684Bd from the rear end surface, it is directly or completely reflected on the peripheral wall surface of the light guide section 684Bd and then enters the second opening. 440Bd.
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side can efficiently enter the first opening 440Aa via the light guide section 684Aa. Furthermore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side can efficiently enter the first opening 440Ac via the light guide 684Ac.
  • the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side can efficiently enter the second opening 440Bb via the light guide 684Bb. Furthermore, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side can efficiently enter the second opening 440Bd via the light guide section 684Bd.
  • the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 are formed in the long distance area and the short distance area
  • the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2 is formed in the middle distance area
  • the second drawing light distribution pattern is formed in the close distance area. It becomes easy to ensure the brightness of the light distribution pattern PAd2 (see FIGS. 20 and 21).
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side becomes difficult to enter the first opening 440Ac located on the upper side. Furthermore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side becomes difficult to enter the first opening 440Aa located on the lower side. Similarly, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side becomes difficult to enter the second opening 440Bd located on the upper side. Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side becomes difficult to enter the second opening 440Bb located on the lower side.
  • the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are generated. can be formed individually. Therefore, as the drawing light distribution pattern PA2, a mode in which the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and a second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2, PAd2 are formed simultaneously and a mode in which these are formed individually are selected. It becomes possible to do so.
  • the drawing lamp according to the second embodiment may be an in-vehicle lamp, or may be a lamp used for purposes other than in-vehicle use.
  • the specific arrangement of the light-shielding plate is not particularly limited as long as it is configured between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens.
  • the arrangement of the first projection lens section and the plurality of first apertures and the arrangement of the second projection lens section and at least one second aperture are defined as "each of the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns" and "at least one The specific arrangement is not particularly limited as long as it is possible to alternately form the "second drawing light distribution patterns" in series.
  • the first projection lens section and the second projection lens are arranged so that the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the optical axis of the second projection lens section are parallel to each other.
  • the first projection lens section and the second projection lens are arranged such that the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section in a direction intersecting with the required direction and the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the second
  • the amount of displacement of the projection lens section from the optical axis may be set to different values.
  • the first projection lens section and the second projection lens are arranged such that the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section in a direction intersecting with the required direction and the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the second
  • the amount of displacement of the projection lens section from the optical axis may be set to the same value.
  • the first projection lens section and the second projection lens may be arranged at different inclination angles between the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the optical axis of the second projection lens section in a direction intersecting the desired direction.
  • Fig. 26 is a front view showing a drawing lamp 710 according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVII-XXVII in Fig. 26.
  • Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIII-XXVIII in Fig. 26.
  • Fig. 29 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp 710 according to the third embodiment.
  • FIGS. 26 to 29 the direction indicated by The direction shown is "upward". The same applies to figures other than FIGS. 26 to 29.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view showing a drawing lamp 710 according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle 800.
  • FIG. 31 is a plan view showing a drawing lamp 710 according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle 800. Note that FIG. 31 shows a state in which the drawing lamp 710 on the left side is lit.
  • the drawing lamp 710 is mounted on the front end of the vehicle 800 at the side end in the vehicle width direction, and is designed to emit light diagonally downward toward the outside in the vehicle width direction. It is composed of At this time, the drawing lamp 710 is turned on in synchronization with the lighting of the front turn signal lamp (not shown). Thereby, the drawing lamp 710 is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern PA3 on the road surface 702 in front of the vehicle.
  • the front of the lamp is oriented diagonally downward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the vehicle.
  • the front of the lamp is configured to face in the horizontal direction.
  • the drawing lamp 710 is configured to emit light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens 730.
  • the drawing lamp 710 includes three light emitting elements: a first light emitting element 720A, a second light emitting element 720B, and a third light emitting element 720C.
  • the projection lens 730 comprises a lens body 732, an outer peripheral flange 734, and a pair of left and right mounting flanges 736.
  • the lens body 732 is a plano-convex lens in which the front surface 732a of the lens body 732 is a convex curved surface, and has an optical axis Ax3 extending in the front-to-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the lens body 732 has a rectangular (specifically, square) outer shape when viewed from the front of the lamp, and is surrounded by an outer peripheral flange portion 734.
  • the outer peripheral flange portion 734 is formed to extend along the rear surface of the lens body portion 732.
  • the pair of left and right mounting flange portions 736 are formed on both left and right sides of the outer peripheral flange portion 734 to have an L-shaped horizontal cross section and extend toward the rear of the lamp.
  • the rear end surfaces of the pair of left and right mounting flange portions 736 are located on a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C are all white light emitting diodes and have a rectangular (specifically square) light emitting surface 720a.
  • the first light-emitting element 720A to the third light-emitting element 720C are mounted on a common substrate 722, arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the lens body 732.
  • the substrate 722 is supported by a heat sink 760, arranged so as to extend along a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction of the lamp.
  • a light shielding plate 740 is disposed between the first light-emitting element 720A to the third light-emitting element 720C and the projection lens 730 to block a portion of the light traveling from the first light-emitting element 720A to the third light-emitting element 720C toward the lens body 732 of the projection lens 730.
  • the light shielding plate 740 is made of an opaque resin molded product.
  • the light shielding plate 740 has a first opening 742Aa, a second opening 742Ba, and a third opening for allowing the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C to enter the lens body 732.
  • the main body portion 742 is formed to extend along a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
  • the circular area 742d centered on the optical axis Ax3 is configured such that the front surface of the circular area 742d extends along a concave curved surface (specifically, a meridional image surface) C3 including the rear focal point F of the lens body 732 of the projection lens 730. is formed.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed at intervals in the vertical direction.
  • the first opening 742Aa is located below the optical axis Ax3.
  • the second opening 742Ba is located on the optical axis Ax3.
  • the third opening 742Ca is located above the optical axis Ax3.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are all formed to have an opening shape in which the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width. Specifically, the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are all formed to have a V-shaped opening when viewed from the front of the lamp.
  • the first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca are formed such that the vertical width of the opening gradually increases in this order.
  • the vertical distance between the first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca is formed to gradually increase in this order.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed such that their respective inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed such that their inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines.
  • the first cylindrical part 744A, the second cylindrical part 744B, and the third cylindrical part 744C have inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa, 744Ba, and 744Ca that are connected to the first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca. It is formed to extend flush.
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed as reflective surfaces whose cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp.
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are subjected to a reflective surface treatment such as vacuum evaporation of aluminum.
  • the rear end openings 744Ab, 744Bb, and 744Cb of the first cylindrical portion 744A, the second cylindrical portion 744B, and the third cylindrical portion 744C are all formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the light shielding plate 740 is positioned at both left and right end portions of the main body portion 742 so as to be in contact with a pair of left and right mounting flanges 736 of the projection lens 730 from the rear side of the lamp.
  • the first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C are arranged to be located on the rear side of the lamp of the first cylindrical part 744A, the second cylindrical part 744B, and the third cylindrical part 744C. has been done.
  • the first light emitting element 720A is arranged so as to face the rear end opening 744Ab of the first cylindrical portion 744A on the lower side of the optical axis Ax3.
  • the second light emitting element 720B is arranged on the optical axis Ax so as to face the rear end opening 744Bb of the second cylindrical portion 744B.
  • the third light emitting element 720C is arranged so as to face the rear end opening 744Cb of the third cylindrical portion 744C on the upper side of the optical axis Ax3.
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C is The light enters the shaped portion 744C through rear end openings 744Ab, 744Bb, and 744Cb.
  • the light incident on the first cylindrical part 744A, the second cylindrical part 744B, and the third cylindrical part 744C is reflected by the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa, 744Ba, and 744Ca, and then is reflected by the first opening 742Aa and the third cylindrical part 742A of the main body part 742.
  • the light After being guided to the second opening 742Ba and the third opening 742Ca, the light enters the lens body 732 of the projection lens 730 as it is.
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed such that their cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C is easily guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca.
  • the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C are connected to an electronic control unit (not shown), and the electronic control unit performs lighting/extinguishing control according to vehicle running conditions and the like.
  • the heat sink 760 includes a main body 762 extending along a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp, a plurality of radiation fins 764 extending along the vertical plane from the main body 762 toward the rear of the lamp, and left and right sides of the main body 762.
  • a pair of mounting flanges 766 are formed on both sides.
  • the board 722 is positioned and supported by tightening the screws 752 at two diagonal locations while being in surface contact with the main body 762 of the heat sink 760 .
  • the projection lens 730 and the light shielding plate 740 are positioned and supported by tightening screws 754 at two diagonal locations on the pair of right and left mounting flanges 766 of the heat sink 760.
  • This screw tightening is performed by co-tightening the pair of left and right mounting flanges 736 of the projection lens 730 and both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 740 overlapping the pair of left and right mounting flanges 766 of the heat sink 760. ing.
  • positioning pins 736a are formed on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 736 of the projection lens 730, respectively, and on the other hand, the left and right ends of the main body 742 of the light shielding plate 740 and the pair of left and right mounting flanges of the heat sink 760 Pin insertion holes 742e and 766a are formed in the portion 766, respectively, into which the positioning pin 736a is inserted.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 710. As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the drawing light distribution pattern PA is composed of three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3, second drawing light distribution patterns PAb3, and third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3. .
  • the three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 are all light distribution patterns in an inverted V shape (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp).
  • the three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 have approximately the same size and are arranged in series at approximately equal intervals, and are arranged in a long distance area, a middle area, and a middle area, respectively, on the road surface 702 in front of the vehicle. It is formed in the distance area and short distance area.
  • the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 formed in the long distance area is a light distribution pattern formed by emitting light from the first light emitting element 720A toward the front of the lamp via the projection lens 730. be.
  • the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb formed in the middle distance region is a light distribution pattern formed by emitting light from the second light emitting element 720B toward the front of the lamp via the projection lens 730.
  • the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc formed in the short distance area is a light distribution pattern formed by emitting light from the third light emitting element 720C toward the front of the lamp via the projection lens 730. be.
  • the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 742Aa formed in the main body portion 742 of the light shielding plate 740 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the first opening 742Aa is located below the optical axis Ax3 of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed upward from the optical axis Ax3. Thereby, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 is formed in a long distance area.
  • the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb3 is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 742Ba, which is formed to have a V-shaped opening shape in the main body 742 of the light shielding plate 740.
  • the second opening 742Ba is located on the optical axis Ax3 of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the light emitted from the second light-emitting element 720B is irradiated toward the front of the lamp as light approximately parallel to the optical axis Ax3. As a result, the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb3 is formed in the mid-distance region.
  • the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 is formed as an inverted projection image of the third opening 742Ca formed in the main body portion 742 of the light shielding plate 740 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • This third opening 742Ca is located above the optical axis Ax3 of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the light emitted from the third light emitting element 720C is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed downward from the optical axis Ax3. Thereby, the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 is formed in the short distance area.
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C is efficiently guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca by the first cylindrical part 744A to the third cylindrical part 744C. . Therefore, sufficient brightness of the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 is ensured.
  • the vertical widths of the first opening 740Aa, the second opening 740Ba, and the third opening 740Ca increase in this order.
  • the inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides of the first opening 740Aa, the second opening 740Ba, and the third opening 740Ca are formed to extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the inner peripheral edges on both right sides of the first opening 740Aa, the second opening 740Ba, and the third opening 740Ca are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines. Therefore, the three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 are formed to have substantially the same size.
  • the drawing lamp 710 distributes light for drawing by irradiating the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C toward the front of the lamp via the light shielding plate 740 and the projection lens 730. It is configured to form a pattern PA.
  • the light shielding plate 740 includes a main body portion 742 in which a first opening 742Aa to a third opening 742Ca are formed for allowing the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C to enter the projection lens 730;
  • a first cylindrical portion 744A to a third cylindrical portion 744C extend from the main body portion 742 in a cylindrical shape toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca.
  • Inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed as reflective surfaces whose cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp.
  • the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C are arranged to be located behind the lamps of the first cylindrical part 744A to the third cylindrical part 744C.
  • the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C and entering the projection lens 730 through the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca of the light shielding plate 740 is transmitted through the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca, respectively.
  • a drawing light distribution pattern PA consisting of the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 can be formed.
  • the light shielding plate 740 has first to third cylindrical parts that protrude toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the first to third openings 742Aa to 742Ca formed in the main body part 742.
  • a portion 744C is formed.
  • Inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed as reflective surfaces. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C can be guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca directly or after being reflected by the inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca. .
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed so that their cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C is guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca, and then enters the projection lens 730 more easily. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 can be efficiently formed.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 can be efficiently formed in the drawing lamp 710 configured to form the drawing light distribution pattern PA3. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be enhanced.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca of the light shielding plate 740 are formed to have an opening shape in which the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width.
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first cylindrical portion 744A to the third cylindrical portion 744C are formed so that the rate of decrease in the horizontal width toward the rear of the lamp is greater than the rate of decrease in the vertical width.
  • the opening shapes of the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed so that the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width.
  • the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 constituting the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 can be formed as horizontally elongated light distribution patterns that are easy to visually recognize. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be enhanced.
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed such that the rate of decrease in the horizontal width toward the rear of the lamp is greater than the rate of decrease in the vertical width. ing. Therefore, the emitted light from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C reflected by the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca is guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca as light with substantially uniform brightness. It will be destroyed. This makes it possible to form the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 with substantially uniform brightness.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C and passing through the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca has an inverted V shape (i.e., a sharp point toward the front of the lamp) as an inverted projected image.
  • a first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to a third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 are formed. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be further enhanced.
  • the light shielding plate 740 has a circular region 742d formed on the front surface of its main body 742, extending along a concave curved surface C3 that includes the rear focal point F of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 can be formed as light distribution patterns having clear outlines.
  • a first opening 742Aa to a third opening 742Ca and a first cylindrical part 744A to a third cylindrical part 744C are formed at intervals in the vertical direction.
  • a first light emitting element 720A to a third light emitting element 720C are arranged for each of the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca and the first cylindrical part 744A to the third cylindrical part 744C. Therefore, the three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 can be efficiently formed in series. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be further enhanced.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca formed in the light shielding plate 740 are all formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  • the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca may be formed to have an opening shape other than this (for example, an opening shape such as a downward arrow or an inverted trapezoid).
  • the inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C formed on the light shielding plate 740 are subjected to reflection treatment, so that the inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca are It is formed as a reflective surface.
  • the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca may be formed as reflective surfaces by forming the light shielding plate 740 with a white resin molded product with high surface reflectance.
  • the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C have been described as emitting white light, but other light emitting colors (for example, amber color, red, etc.) may be employed.
  • the drawing lamp 710 is mounted on the front end of the vehicle 800 at the side end in the vehicle width direction, but it may also be mounted on the rear end, side surface, etc. of the vehicle 800.
  • a drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed on the road surface 702 in front of the vehicle by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 710.
  • the drawing light distribution pattern may be formed on a wall surface disposed in front of the lamp, a wall surface extending toward the front of the lamp, or the like.
  • FIG. 32 is a front view of a drawing lamp 810 according to a modification of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram of the drawing lamp 810 viewed from the same direction as FIG. 26.
  • FIG. 33 is a sectional view of a drawing lamp 810 according to a modification of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram of the drawing lamp 810 viewed from the same direction as FIG. 28.
  • the basic configuration of this modification is the same as that of the third embodiment, but the configuration of the light shielding plate 840 is partially different from that of the third embodiment. Accordingly, the arrangement of the first to third light emitting elements 720A to 720C is partially different from that of the third embodiment.
  • the shape and arrangement of the first opening 842Aa, second opening 842Ba, and third opening 842Ca formed in the main body portion 842 are the same as in the third embodiment.
  • the first cylindrical part 844A, the second cylindrical part 844B, and the third cylindrical part 844C are formed to extend toward the rear of the lamp at different angles of inclination with respect to the vertical direction. This is different from the case of the embodiment.
  • the shape of the second cylindrical portion 844B is similar to the second cylindrical portion 744B of the third embodiment.
  • the first cylindrical portion 844A is formed to extend further downward toward the rear of the lamp than the first cylindrical portion 744A of the third embodiment.
  • the third cylindrical portion 844C is formed to extend upward toward the rear of the lamp compared to the third cylindrical portion 744C of the third embodiment.
  • the light shielding plate 840 is configured by vertically stacking three light shielding plate components 840A, 840B, and 840C.
  • the main body portion 842 is connected to three light shielding plate components 840A, 840B, and 840C with the lower end position of the first opening 842Aa and the upper end position of the third opening 842Ca as the border. It consists of being divided.
  • the light shielding plate component 840A located at the lowermost side is formed into a substantially U-shape.
  • the light shielding plate components 840B and 840C are supported so as to be fitted into the light shielding plate component 840A from above.
  • the cross-sectional shapes of the inner circumferential surfaces 844Aa, 844Ba, and 844Ca of the first cylindrical portion 844A, the second cylindrical portion 844B, and the third cylindrical portion 844C are the same as in the third embodiment.
  • the shapes of the rear end openings 844Ab, 844Bb, and 844Cb of the first cylindrical portion 844A, the second cylindrical portion 844B, and the third cylindrical portion 844C are also the same as in the third embodiment.
  • the circular region 842d of the main body portion 842 is also formed to extend along the concave curved surface C3 similar to the case of the third embodiment.
  • the first light-emitting element 720A, the second light-emitting element 720B, and the third light-emitting element 720C are arranged so as to be located behind the lamp of the first cylindrical portion 844A, the second cylindrical portion 844B, and the third cylindrical portion 844C.
  • the first cylindrical portion 844A to the third cylindrical portion 844C are formed so as to extend toward the rear of the lamp at different vertical inclination angles.
  • the first light-emitting element 720A is displaced slightly upward compared to the third embodiment.
  • the third light-emitting element 720C is displaced slightly downward compared to the third embodiment.
  • the first light emitting element 720A to the third The light emitted from the light emitting element 720C can be easily made to enter the central region of the projection lens 730 near the optical axis Ax3. This improves the accuracy of deflection control by the projection lens 730.
  • the structure of the light shielding plate 840 is such that three light shielding plate components 840A, 840B, and 840C are stacked in the vertical direction, so that the first to third cylindrical portions 844A to 844C are The degree of freedom in shape can be increased.
  • the first to third cylindrical portions 844A to 844C extend toward the rear of the lamp at different angles of inclination with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment may be an in-vehicle lamp, or may be a lamp used for purposes other than in-vehicle use.
  • the specific arrangement of the light-shielding plate is not particularly limited as long as it is configured between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens.
  • the specific arrangement and shape of the opening are not particularly limited as long as the opening is formed so that the light emitted from the light emitting element is incident on the projection lens.
  • the cylindrical portion extends cylindrically from the main body toward the rear of the lamp, surrounding the opening, but does not necessarily have to be formed to completely surround the opening.
  • the specific shape of the inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is not particularly limited as long as it is formed as a reflective surface whose cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Further, the reflective surface of the inner circumferential surface may be configured by being subjected to reflective surface treatment, or may be configured by a surface with high reflectance such as a white smooth surface. Good too.

Abstract

This drawing lamp is configured to shine output light from a first light emitting element (20A) forwardly of the lamp via a projection lens (30), to thereby form a drawing light distribution pattern (PA). A light-blocking plate (40) for blocking some of the light travelling from the first light emitting element (20A) to the projection lens (30) is disposed between the first light emitting element (20A) and the projection lens (30). A first opening portion (40Aa) having a V-shaped opening is formed in the light-blocking plate (40). A first collecting lens (52A) is disposed between the first light emitting element (20A) and the light-blocking plate (40) to collect the output light from the first light emitting element (20A) toward the first opening portion (40Aa). The first collecting lens (52A) is formed to extend in V-shape in an overlapping positional relationship with the first opening portion (40Aa) in a frontal view of the lamp.

Description

描画用灯具drawing lamp
 本開示は、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具に関するものである。 The present disclosure relates to a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern.
 従来、描画用配光パターン(すなわち灯具前方路面等に文字や記号等の描画を行うための配光パターン)を形成するための描画用灯具として、発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射するように構成されたものが知られている。 Conventionally, as a drawing lamp for forming a drawing light distribution pattern (i.e., a light distribution pattern for drawing characters, symbols, etc. on the road surface in front of the lamp), light emitted from a light emitting element is transmitted through a projection lens. There are known lamps configured to emit light toward the front of the lamp.
 このような描画用灯具においては、発光素子と投影レンズとの間に、発光素子から投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、そして、この遮光板に形成された開口部の開口形状を投影レンズによって投影することにより描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成されている。 In such a drawing lamp, a light-shielding plate is arranged between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens. The drawing light distribution pattern is formed by projecting the aperture shape of the aperture with a projection lens.
 特許文献1には、車載用の描画用灯具における遮光板の構成として、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている開口部が形成されたものが記載されている。 Patent Document 1 describes a configuration of a light shielding plate in a vehicle-mounted drawing lamp in which an opening is formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
 また、特許文献2には、車載用の描画用灯具における遮光板の構成として、複数の開口部が上下方向に間隔をおいて複数箇所に形成されたものが記載されている。 Further, Patent Document 2 describes a configuration of a light shielding plate in a vehicle-mounted drawing lamp in which a plurality of openings are formed at a plurality of locations at intervals in the vertical direction.
 さらに、特許文献3に記載された車載用の描画用灯具においては、発光素子と投影レンズとの間に、発光素子から投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置された構成となっており、この遮光板に形成された開口部の開口形状を投影レンズによって投影することにより、灯具前方路面に描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成されている。 Furthermore, in the in-vehicle drawing lamp described in Patent Document 3, a light shielding plate is arranged between the light emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light directed from the light emitting element to the projection lens. By projecting the shape of the opening formed in the light shielding plate using a projection lens, a drawing light distribution pattern is formed on the road surface in front of the lamp.
国際公開第2021/140932号International Publication No. 2021/140932 国際公開第2022/019231号International Publication No. 2022/019231 日本国特開2022-60057号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-60057
 車載用の描画用灯具からの照射光によって描画用配光パターンを形成することにより、夜間の車両走行時等に周囲に対して自車の意思表示を行うことができ、これにより、他の車両や歩行者等に注意喚起を促すことが可能となる。 By forming a drawing light distribution pattern using the light emitted from the in-vehicle drawing lamp, it is possible to express the intention of the own vehicle to the surroundings when driving at night, etc., and thereby make it easier for other vehicles to This makes it possible to alert people such as pedestrians and pedestrians.
 その際、特許文献1に記載された描画用灯具のように、遮光板に形成された開口部をV字形の開口形状に設定すれば、逆V字形(すなわち灯具前方へ向けて尖った形状)の描画用配光パターンが形成されるので、周囲への注意喚起効果を高めることが可能となる。しかしながら、このように開口部がV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている場合には、描画用配光パターン全体を均一な明るさで形成することは容易でない。 In this case, if the opening formed in the light-shielding plate is set to have a V-shaped opening shape, as in the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 1, the shape will be an inverted V-shape (i.e., a shape that is pointed toward the front of the lamp). Since the drawing light distribution pattern is formed, it is possible to enhance the effect of calling attention to the surroundings. However, when the opening is formed to have a V-shaped opening in this way, it is not easy to form the entire drawing light distribution pattern with uniform brightness.
 これに対し、特許文献1に記載された描画用灯具のように、発光素子と遮光板との間に集光レンズを配置して、発光素子からの出射光を開口部へ向けて集光させるようにすれば、描画用配光パターンの明るさを均一化することが可能となる。 On the other hand, as in the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 1, a condenser lens is disposed between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate, and the light emitted from the light emitting element is focused toward the opening. By doing so, it becomes possible to equalize the brightness of the drawing light distribution pattern.
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載された描画用灯具においては、発光素子からの出射光を、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている開口部へ向けて集光させるために、集光レンズを大型のものとせざるを得なくなってしまう。 However, in the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 1, a condenser lens is used to condense the light emitted from the light emitting element toward an aperture formed in a V-shaped aperture shape. There is no choice but to make it larger.
  本開示の第一の目的は、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、逆V字形の描画用配光パターンを効率良く形成することができる描画用灯具を提供することである。 A first object of the present disclosure is to provide a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern, which can efficiently form an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern. That's true.
 特許文献2に記載された描画用灯具のように、遮光板に複数の開口部が上下方向に間隔をおいて形成された構成とすれば、描画用配光パターンが灯具前方へ向けて直列に並んだ状態で形成されるので、周囲への注意喚起効果を高めることが可能となる。 If the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 2 has a configuration in which a plurality of openings are formed in the light shielding plate at intervals in the vertical direction, the drawing light distribution pattern is arranged in series toward the front of the lamp. Since they are formed side by side, it is possible to increase the effect of calling attention to the surroundings.
 しかしながら、このような構成を採用した場合には、遮光板の構成として開口部相互間に位置する部分の上下幅が狭くなってしまい、その剛性が低下しやすくなるので、所期の開口形状を維持することが困難になり、このため複数の描画用配光パターンを互いに近接した状態で直列に形成することが困難になる。 However, when such a configuration is adopted, the vertical width of the portion of the light shielding plate located between the openings becomes narrower, and its rigidity tends to decrease, making it difficult to maintain the desired opening shape. Therefore, it becomes difficult to form a plurality of drawing light distribution patterns in series in close proximity to each other.
 本開示の第二の目的は、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、複数の描画用配光パターンを互いに近接した状態で直列に形成することができる描画用灯具を提供することである。 A second object of the present disclosure is to provide a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern, which is capable of forming a plurality of drawing light distribution patterns in series in close proximity to each other. The goal is to provide the following.
 特許文献1に記載された描画用灯具のように、発光素子と遮光板との間に集光レンズが配置された構成とすれば、発光素子からの出射光を効率良く投影レンズに入射させることが可能となる。 If the drawing lamp described in Patent Document 1 has a configuration in which a condenser lens is disposed between a light emitting element and a light shielding plate, the light emitted from the light emitting element can be made to efficiently enter the projection lens. becomes possible.
 しかしながら、このような集光レンズを備えた構成とした場合であっても、遮光板に形成された開口部に対して発光素子からの出射光を効率良く入射させることは必ずしも容易でなく、このため描画用配光パターンを効率良く形成することも容易ではない。 However, even in the case of a configuration including such a condensing lens, it is not always easy to efficiently make the emitted light from the light emitting element enter the opening formed in the light shielding plate. Therefore, it is not easy to efficiently form a drawing light distribution pattern.
 このような問題は、車載用以外の描画用灯具においても同様に生じ得る問題である。 Such a problem can similarly occur in drawing lamps other than those for vehicle use.
 本開示の第三の目的は、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、描画用配光パターンを効率良く形成することができる描画用灯具を提供することである。 A third object of the present disclosure is to provide a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern that can efficiently form a drawing light distribution pattern.
 本開示の第一の態様に係る描画用灯具は、
 発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、
 前記発光素子と前記投影レンズとの間に、前記発光素子から前記投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、
 前記遮光板に、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている開口部が形成されており、
 前記発光素子と前記遮光板との間に、前記発光素子からの出射光を前記開口部へ向けて集光させるための集光レンズが配置されており、
 前記集光レンズは、灯具正面視において前記開口部と重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されている。
The drawing lamp according to the first aspect of the present disclosure includes:
In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens,
A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
The light shielding plate has an opening formed in a V-shaped opening shape,
A condensing lens for condensing light emitted from the light emitting element toward the opening is disposed between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate,
The condensing lens is formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap the opening when viewed from the front of the lamp.
 本開示の第二の態様に係る描画用灯具は、
 発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、
 前記発光素子と前記投影レンズとの間に、前記発光素子から前記投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、
 前記投影レンズは、第1および第2投影レンズ部が灯具前後方向と交差する所要方向に並んだ状態で配置された構成となっており、
 前記遮光板に、複数の開口部が形成されており、
 前記遮光板は、前記複数の開口部として、前記第1投影レンズ部の灯具後方側において前記所要方向と交差する方向に間隔をおいて配置された複数の第1開口部と、前記第2投影レンズ部の灯具後方側に配置された少なくとも1つの第2開口部とを備えており、
 前記発光素子として、前記複数の第1開口部の灯具後方側に配置された第1発光素子と、前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部の灯具後方側に配置された第2発光素子とを備えており、
 前記複数の第1開口部を介して前記第1投影レンズ部に入射した前記第1発光素子からの出射光によって形成される複数の第1描画用配光パターンの各々と、前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部を介して前記第2投影レンズ部に入射した前記第2発光素子からの出射光によって形成される少なくとも1つの第2描画用配光パターンの各々とが、直列配置で交互に形成されるように、前記第1投影レンズ部および前記複数の第1開口部の配置ならびに前記第2投影レンズ部および前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部の配置が設定されている。
The drawing lamp according to the second aspect of the present disclosure includes:
In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens,
A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
The projection lens has a configuration in which the first and second projection lens portions are arranged side by side in a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp,
A plurality of openings are formed in the light shielding plate,
The light shielding plate includes, as the plurality of openings, a plurality of first openings arranged at intervals in a direction intersecting the required direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section, and a plurality of first openings arranged at intervals in a direction intersecting the required direction. and at least one second opening disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the lens part,
The light emitting element includes a first light emitting element disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the plurality of first openings, and a second light emitting element disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the at least one second opening. Ori,
each of the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns formed by the light emitted from the first light emitting element that enters the first projection lens section through the plurality of first openings; Each of the at least one second drawing light distribution pattern formed by the light emitted from the second light emitting element that enters the second projection lens part through the second opening is arranged alternately in series. The arrangement of the first projection lens section and the plurality of first openings and the arrangement of the second projection lens section and the at least one second opening are set so that
 本開示の第三の態様に係る描画用灯具は、
 発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、
 前記発光素子と前記投影レンズとの間に、前記発光素子から前記投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、
 前記遮光板は、前記発光素子からの出射光を前記投影レンズに入射させるための開口部が形成された本体部と、前記本体部から前記開口部を囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて筒状に延びる筒状部とを備えており、
 前記筒状部の内周面は、灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなる反射面として形成されており、
 前記発光素子は、前記筒状部の灯具後方に位置するように配置されている。
A drawing lamp according to a third aspect of the present disclosure includes:
In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens,
A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
The light shielding plate includes a main body in which an opening is formed for allowing light emitted from the light emitting element to enter the projection lens, and a cylindrical shape extending from the main body toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the opening. It is equipped with a cylindrical part,
The inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is formed as a reflective surface whose cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp,
The light emitting element is arranged to be located behind the lamp of the cylindrical part.
 本開示の第一の態様に係る描画用灯具は、発光素子からの出射光を投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成されている。発光素子と投影レンズとの間には、発光素子から投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されている。この遮光板にはV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている開口部が形成されているので、その反転投影像として逆V字形の描画用配光パターンが形成されるので、これにより周囲への注意喚起効果を高めることができる。 The drawing lamp according to the first aspect of the present disclosure is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating the light emitted from the light emitting element toward the front of the lamp via a projection lens. A light-shielding plate is arranged between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens. Since this light-shielding plate has an aperture formed to have a V-shaped aperture shape, an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern is formed as an inverted projection image of the aperture. It is possible to increase the effect of calling attention to.
 その上で、発光素子と遮光板との間には、発光素子からの出射光を開口部へ向けて集光させるための集光レンズが配置されいる。また、集光レンズは、灯具正面視において開口部と重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されている。このため、集光レンズを大型化することなく、発光素子からの出射光を開口部に効率良く入射させることができるので、描画用配光パターン全体を略均一な明るさで形成することができる。 Moreover, a condenser lens is arranged between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate to condense the light emitted from the light emitting element toward the opening. Further, the condenser lens is formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap the opening when viewed from the front of the lamp. Therefore, the light emitted from the light emitting element can be efficiently incident on the aperture without increasing the size of the condensing lens, so the entire light distribution pattern for drawing can be formed with approximately uniform brightness. .
 このように本開示によれば、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、逆V字形の描画用配光パターンを効率良く形成することができる。 As described above, according to the present disclosure, in a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern, an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern can be efficiently formed.
 本開示の第二の態様に係る描画用灯具は、発光素子からの出射光を遮光板および投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成されている。投影レンズは第1および第2投影レンズ部が灯具前後方向と交差する所要方向に並んだ状態で配置されている。遮光板における第1投影レンズ部の灯具後方側には所要方向と交差する方向に間隔をおいて複数の第1開口部が形成されている。第2投影レンズ部の灯具後方側には少なくとも1つの第2開口部が形成されている。さらに、第1開口部の灯具後方側には第1発光素子が配置されるとともに少なくとも1つの第2開口部の灯具後方側には第2発光素子が配置されている。 A drawing lamp according to a second aspect of the present disclosure is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a light shielding plate and a projection lens. ing. The projection lens is arranged such that the first and second projection lens parts are lined up in a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp. A plurality of first openings are formed at intervals in a direction intersecting a desired direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section in the light shielding plate. At least one second opening is formed on the rear side of the lamp in the second projection lens section. Furthermore, a first light emitting element is arranged on the rear side of the lamp in the first opening, and a second light emitting element is arranged on the rear side of the lamp in at least one second opening.
 このため、複数の第1開口部を介して第1投影レンズ部に入射した第1発光素子からの出射光によって、複数の第1開口部の反転投影像として複数の第1描画用配光パターンを形成することができる。また、少なくとも1つの第2開口部を介して第2投影レンズ部に入射した第2発光素子からの出射光によって、少なくとも1つの第2開口部の反転投影像として少なくとも1つの第2描画用配光パターンを形成することができる。これにより、他の車両や歩行者等に注意喚起を促すことができる。 Therefore, by the light emitted from the first light emitting element that enters the first projection lens section through the plurality of first openings, the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns are created as inverted projection images of the plurality of first openings. can be formed. Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element that enters the second projection lens section through the at least one second opening allows the at least one second drawing arrangement to be displayed as an inverted projection image of the at least one second opening. Light patterns can be formed. This allows other vehicles, pedestrians, etc. to be alerted.
 また、複数の第1描画用配光パターンの各々と少なくとも1つの第2描画用配光パターンの各々とが直列配置で交互に形成されるように、第1投影レンズ部および複数の第1開口部の配置ならびに第2投影レンズ部および少なくとも1つの第2開口部の配置が設定されている。 Further, the first projection lens section and the plurality of first apertures are arranged such that each of the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns and each of the at least one second drawing light distribution pattern are alternately formed in a series arrangement. The arrangement of the parts and the arrangement of the second projection lens part and the at least one second opening are set.
 このため、複数の第1開口部は第1投影レンズ部の灯具後方側に形成されており、少なくとも1つの第2開口部は第2投影レンズ部の灯具後方側に形成されている。このため、複数の第1開口部相互の間隔および少なくとも1つの第2開口部相互の間隔が極端に狭くする必要がなくなる。 For this reason, the plurality of first openings are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens part, and at least one second opening is formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens part. Therefore, there is no need to make the intervals between the plurality of first openings and the intervals between at least one second opening extremely narrow.
 したがって、遮光板が設けられていても、複数の第1開口部同士の間に位置する部分および少なくとも1つの第2開口部同士の間に位置する部分の剛性が低下しにくくなる。これにより、複数の描画用配光パターンを互いに近接した状態で直列に形成することができる。 Therefore, even if the light shielding plate is provided, the rigidity of the portion located between the plurality of first openings and the portion located between at least one second opening is unlikely to decrease. Thereby, a plurality of drawing light distribution patterns can be formed in series in close proximity to each other.
 このように本開示によれば、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、複数の描画用配光パターンを互いに近接した状態で直列に形成することができる。これにより、周囲への注意喚起機能に優れた描画用配光パターンを形成することができる。 According to the present disclosure, in a drawing lighting fixture configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern, multiple drawing light distribution patterns can be formed in series and close to each other. This makes it possible to form a drawing light distribution pattern that has excellent functionality for calling attention to the surroundings.
 本開示の第三の態様に係る描画用灯具は、発光素子からの出射光が遮光板の開口部を介して投影レンズに入射することによって、開口部の反転投影像として描画用配光パターンを形成することができる。 The drawing lamp according to the third aspect of the present disclosure creates a drawing light distribution pattern as an inverted projection image of the opening by making the light emitted from the light emitting element enter the projection lens through the opening of the light shielding plate. can be formed.
 その上で、遮光板には、その本体部に形成された開口部を囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて突出する筒状部が形成されている。筒状部の内周面は反射面として形成されているので、発光素子からの出射光を直接またはその内周面で反射させた上で開口部に導くことができる。筒状部の内周面は灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなるように形成されているので、発光素子からの出射光を効率的に開口部まで導いた上で投影レンズに入射させることができる。そしてこれにより描画用配光パターンを効率良く形成することができる。 Furthermore, the light shielding plate is formed with a cylindrical part that protrudes toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the opening formed in the main body of the light shielding plate. Since the inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is formed as a reflective surface, the light emitted from the light emitting element can be guided to the opening directly or after being reflected on the inner circumferential surface. Since the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical part is formed so that the cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp, it is possible to efficiently guide the emitted light from the light emitting element to the opening and then input it into the projection lens. can. As a result, the light distribution pattern for drawing can be efficiently formed.
 このように本開示によれば、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、描画用配光パターンを効率良く形成することができる。これにより周囲へ注意喚起効果を高めることができる。 As described above, according to the present disclosure, a drawing light distribution pattern can be efficiently formed in a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern. This can enhance the effect of alerting the surroundings.
図1は、本開示の第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 1 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure. 図2は、本開示の第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す平面図である。FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. 図3は、本開示の第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す側面図である。FIG. 3 is a side view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. 図4は、本開示の第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具における主要構成要素の分解斜視図である。FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. 図5は、図1のV-V線における断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VV in FIG. 図6は、図1のVI-VI線における断面図である。FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG. 図7は、図1のVII-VII線における断面図である。FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VII-VII in FIG. 図8は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具が車両に搭載された状態を示す側面図である。FIG. 8 is a side view showing a state in which the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment is mounted on a vehicle. 図9は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具は車両に搭載された状態を示す平面図である。FIG. 9 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle. 図10は、第一実施形態の第1変形例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 10 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first modification of the first embodiment. 図11は、第一実施形態の第2変形例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 11 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the first embodiment. 図12は、図11のXII-XII線における断面図である。FIG. 12 is a sectional view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. 11. 図13は、第一実施形態の第3変形例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 13 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a third modification of the first embodiment. 図14は、本開示の第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 14 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure. 図15は、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す平面図である。FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a drawing lamp according to the second embodiment. 図16は、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す側面図である。FIG. 16 is a side view showing a drawing lamp according to the second embodiment. 図17は、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具における主要構成要素の分解斜視図である。FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp according to the second embodiment. 図18は、図14のXVIII-XVIII線における断面図である。FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 14. 図19は、図14のXIX-XIX線における断面図である。FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIX-XIX in FIG. 14. 図20は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具が車両に搭載された状態で示す側面図である。FIG. 20 is a side view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle. 図21は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具が車両に搭載された状態で示す平面図である。FIG. 21 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle. 図22Aは、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具の正面図である。FIG. 22A is a front view of a drawing lamp according to the second embodiment. 図22Bは、比較例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 22B is a front view of a drawing lamp according to a comparative example. 図23は、第二実施形態の第1変形例に係る描画用灯具の要部を示す正面図である。FIG. 23 is a front view showing a main part of a drawing lamp according to a first modified example of the second embodiment. 図24Aは、図23のXXIVa-XXIVa線における断面図である。FIG. 24A is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIVa-XXIVa in FIG. 23. 図24Bは、図23のXXIVb-XXIVb線における断面図である。FIG. 24B is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIVb-XXIVb in FIG. 23. 図25Aは、第二実施形態の第2変形例に係る描画用灯具の断面図である。FIG. 25A is a sectional view of a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the second embodiment. 図25Bは、第二実施形態の第2変形例に係る描画用灯具の断面図である。FIG. 25B is a sectional view of a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the second embodiment. 図26は、本開示の第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。FIG. 26 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure. 図27は、図26のXXVII-XXVII線における断面図である。FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVII-XXVII in FIG. 26. 図28は、図26のXXVIII-XXVIII線における断面図である。FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIII-XXVIII in FIG. 26. 図29は、第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具を主要構成要素の分解斜視図である。FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment. 図30は、第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具が車両に搭載された状態で示す側面図である。FIG. 30 is a side view showing the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle. 図31は、第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具が車両に搭載された状態で示す平面図である。FIG. 31 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle. 図32は、第三実施形態の変形例に係る描画用灯具の正面図である。FIG. 32 is a front view of a drawing lamp according to a modification of the third embodiment. 図33は、第三実施形態の変形例に係る描画用灯具の断面図である。FIG. 33 is a sectional view of a drawing lamp according to a modification of the third embodiment.
(第一実施形態)
 以下、図面を用いて、本開示の第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具について説明する。
(First embodiment)
Hereinafter, a drawing lamp according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure will be described using the drawings.
 図1は、本開示の第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具10を示す正面図である。また、図2は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具10を示す平面図である。図3は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具10を示す側面図である。図4は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具10を主要構成要素に分解して示す分解斜視図である。 FIG. 1 is a front view showing a drawing lamp 10 according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure. Further, FIG. 2 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp 10 according to the first embodiment. FIG. 3 is a side view showing the drawing lamp 10 according to the first embodiment. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view showing the drawing lamp 10 according to the first embodiment broken down into main components.
 図1~4において、Xで示す方向が「灯具前方」であり、Yで示す方向が「灯具前方」と直交する「左方向」(灯具正面視では「右方向」)であり、Zで示す方向が「上方向」である。図1~4以外の図においても同様である。 In Figures 1 to 4, the direction indicated by The direction is "upward". The same applies to figures other than FIGS. 1 to 4.
 本実施形態に係る描画用灯具10の具体的な構成を説明する前に、その概要について説明する。 Before explaining the specific configuration of the drawing lamp 10 according to this embodiment, its outline will be explained.
 図8は、描画用灯具10が車両100に搭載された状態を示す側面図である。図9は、描画用灯具10が車両100に搭載された状態を示す平面図である。なお、図9は、左側の描画用灯具10が点灯している状態を示している。 FIG. 8 is a side view showing the drawing lamp 10 mounted on the vehicle 100. FIG. 9 is a plan view showing a state in which the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the vehicle 100. Note that FIG. 9 shows a state in which the drawing lamp 10 on the left side is lit.
 図8および図9に示すように、描画用灯具10は、車両100の前端部における車幅方向側の端部に搭載された状態で、車幅方向外側へ向けて斜め下向きに光を照射するように構成されている。描画用灯具10は、フロントターンシグナルランプ(図示せず)の点灯と同期して点灯する。これにより、描画用灯具10は、車両の前方の路面2に描画用配光パターンPAを形成するように構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the front end of the vehicle 100 on the vehicle width direction side, and emits light diagonally downward toward the outside in the vehicle width direction. It is configured as follows. The drawing lamp 10 is turned on in synchronization with the lighting of a front turn signal lamp (not shown). Thereby, the drawing lamp 10 is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern PA on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle.
 図8および図9に示すように、描画用灯具10が車両100に搭載されている状態では、灯具の正面は車両の前後方向に対して斜め下向きに傾斜した方向に向くように設けられている。しかしながら、図1~4に示すように、描画用灯具10が単品の状態では、灯具の正面は水平方向を向くように構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, when the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the vehicle 100, the front of the lamp is oriented diagonally downward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the vehicle. . However, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 4, when the drawing lamp 10 is a single item, the front of the lamp is configured to face in the horizontal direction.
 次に、描画用灯具10の具体的な構成について説明する。 Next, the specific configuration of the drawing lamp 10 will be explained.
 図5は、図1のV-V線における断面図である。図6は、図1のVI-VI線における断面図である。図7は、図1のVII-VII線における断面図である。 FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VV in FIG. 1. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VII-VII in FIG.
 図5~7にも示すように、描画用灯具10は、発光素子からの出射光を投影レンズ30を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射するように構成されている。描画用灯具10は、発光素子として3つの第1発光素子20A、第2発光素子20Bおよび第3発光素子20Cを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, the drawing lamp 10 is configured to emit light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens 30. The drawing lamp 10 includes three light emitting elements: a first light emitting element 20A, a second light emitting element 20B, and a third light emitting element 20C.
 投影レンズ30は、3つの第1投影レンズ部32A、第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cが左右方向に並んだ状態で一体的に形成された構成となっている。その際、これら第1投影レンズ部32A、第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cは、それぞれの光軸Axa、Axb、Axcがいずれも同じ高さ位置において灯具の前後方向に延びるように形成されている。 The projection lens 30 has a structure in which three first projection lens parts 32A, second projection lens parts 32B, and third projection lens parts 32C are integrally formed in a state in which they are lined up in the left-right direction. At this time, the first projection lens section 32A, the second projection lens section 32B, and the third projection lens section 32C are arranged so that their respective optical axes Axa, Axb, and Axc extend in the front-rear direction of the lamp at the same height position. is formed.
 右側(灯具正面視では左側)に位置する第1投影レンズ部32Aは、遠距離描画用の投影レンズ部である。中央に位置する第2投影レンズ部32Bは、近距離描画用の投影レンズ部である。左側に位置する第2投影レンズ部32Bは、至近距離描画用の投影レンズ部である。 The first projection lens section 32A located on the right side (left side when looking at the lamp from the front) is a projection lens section for long-distance drawing. The second projection lens section 32B located in the center is a projection lens section for close-up drawing. The second projection lens section 32B located on the left side is a projection lens section for close-up drawing.
 第1投影レンズ部32A、第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cは、それぞれの前面32Aa、32Ba、32Caが凸曲面で構成された平凸レンズであって灯具正面視において矩形状の外形形状を有している。そして、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、それぞれのレンズ有効面同士(すなわちレンズ機能を果たす前面32Aa~32Ca同士)が互いに隣接した状態で一体的に形成されている。 The first projection lens section 32A, the second projection lens section 32B, and the third projection lens section 32C are plano-convex lenses whose respective front surfaces 32Aa, 32Ba, and 32Ca are constituted by convex curved surfaces, and have a rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front of the lamp. It has a shape. The first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are integrally formed with their effective lens surfaces (that is, front surfaces 32Aa to 32Ca that perform lens functions) adjacent to each other.
 具体的には、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、同一の上下幅で形成されているが、第1投影レンズ部32Aの左右幅は第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cの各々よりも大きくなるように構成されている。すなわち、第1投影レンズ部32Aは、灯具正面視において略正方形の外形形状を有しているが、第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cの各々は、灯具正面視において縦長矩形状の外形形状を有している。 Specifically, the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are formed with the same vertical width, but the horizontal width of the first projection lens section 32A is the same as that of the second projection lens section 32B and the third projection lens section 32C. It is configured to be larger than each of the projection lens sections 32C. That is, the first projection lens section 32A has a substantially square external shape when viewed from the front of the lamp, whereas each of the second projection lens section 32B and the third projection lens section 32C has an elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the front of the lamp. It has an external shape.
 第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、この順番で灯具後方側に階段状に変位した状態で配置されている。その際、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、第1投影レンズ部32A、第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cの後側におけるそれぞれの焦点Fa、Fb、Fcが灯具前後方向に関して同じ位置となるように構成されている。 The first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are disposed in this order in a stepped manner displaced toward the rear side of the lamp. At that time, the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are arranged at respective focal points Fa, Fb, and Fc on the rear side of the first projection lens section 32A, the second projection lens section 32B, and the third projection lens section 32C. are configured to be at the same position in the longitudinal direction of the lamp.
 第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、それぞれの後面に沿って階段状に延びるように形成された外周フランジ部34によって囲まれている。外周フランジ部34の左右両側には1対の取付フランジ部36が形成されている。左右1対の取付フランジ部36は、灯具前後方向の長さが異なるL字形の水平断面形状を有している。左右1対の取付フランジ部36の後端面は灯具前後方向と直交する同一平面上に位置するように形成されている。 The first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C are surrounded by an outer peripheral flange section 34 formed to extend in a stepped manner along the rear surface of each section. A pair of mounting flange sections 36 are formed on both the left and right sides of the outer peripheral flange section 34. The pair of left and right mounting flange sections 36 have L-shaped horizontal cross sections with different lengths in the fore-aft direction of the lamp. The rear end faces of the pair of left and right mounting flange sections 36 are formed to be located on the same plane perpendicular to the fore-aft direction of the lamp.
 第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cは、いずれも白色発光ダイオードであって、矩形状(具体的には正方形)の発光面20aを有している。 The first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C are all white light emitting diodes and have a rectangular (specifically square) light emitting surface 20a.
 第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cは、それぞれ第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cの灯具後方側に配置された状態で共通の基板22に搭載されている。基板22は、灯具の前後方向と直交する平面に沿って延びるように配置された状態でヒートシンク60に支持されている。 The first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C are mounted on the common substrate 22 in a state where they are arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens part 32A to the third projection lens part 32C, respectively. The substrate 22 is supported by the heat sink 60 and is arranged so as to extend along a plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
 第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cと第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cとの間には、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cから第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板40が配置されている。遮光板40は、灯具前後方向と直交する平面に沿って延びる薄板で構成されている。 Between the first light emitting element 20A to third light emitting element 20C and the first projection lens part 32A to third projection lens part 32C, the first to third light emitting elements 20A to 20C are connected to the first projection lens part 32A to A light shielding plate 40 is arranged to shield a portion of the light directed toward the third projection lens section 32C. The light shielding plate 40 is composed of a thin plate extending along a plane orthogonal to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
 遮光板40は、その左右方向の両端部において投影レンズ30の左右1対の取付フランジ部36に対して灯具後方側から当接した状態で位置決めされている。これにより、遮光板40は、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cの後側焦点Fa~Fcを含む鉛直面に沿って配置されるようになっている。 The light shielding plate 40 is positioned such that its left and right ends are in contact with the pair of left and right mounting flanges 36 of the projection lens 30 from the rear side of the lamp. Thereby, the light shielding plate 40 is arranged along a vertical plane including the rear focal points Fa to Fc of the first to third projection lens sections 32A to 32C.
 遮光板40における第1投影レンズ部32A、第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cの灯具後方側の部位には、第1開口部40Aa、第2開口部40Baおよび第3開口部40Caが形成されている。 The first projection lens section 32A, second projection lens section 32B, and third projection lens section 32C in the light shielding plate 40 have a first opening 40Aa, a second opening 40Ba, and a third opening 40Ca at the rear side of the lamp. is formed.
 これら第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caは、いずれも灯具正面視においてV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。その際、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40CaにおけるV字形の開き角度は90~150°程度(例えば120°程度)である。 The first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca are all formed to have a V-shaped opening when viewed from the front of the lamp. At this time, the opening angle of the V-shape in the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca is about 90 to 150° (for example, about 120°).
 第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caにおいて、第1開口部40Aaよりも第2開口部40Baの方が上方側に位置しており、また、第2開口部40Baよりも第3開口部40Caの方が上方側に位置している。 Among the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca, the second opening 40Ba is located higher than the first opening 40Aa, and the third opening 40Ca is located higher than the second opening 40Ba. is located on the upper side.
 具体的には、第1開口部40Aaは、第1開口部40Aaの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第1投影レンズ部32Aの光軸Axaよりも下方に位置するように形成されている。第2開口部40Baは、第2開口部40Baの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第2投影レンズ部32Bの光軸Axb上に位置するように形成されている。第3開口部40Caは、第3開口部40Caの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第3投影レンズ部32Cの光軸Axcよりも上方に位置するように形成されている。第3開口部40Caの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置の光軸Axcからの上方変位量Dcは、第1開口部40Aaの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置の光軸Axaからの下方変位量Daよりも大きい値(例えば2倍程度の値)に設定されている。 Specifically, the first opening 40Aa is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa is located below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens section 32A. There is. The second opening 40Ba is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 40Ba is located on the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens section 32B. The third opening 40Ca is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca is located above the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens section 32C. The amount of upward displacement Dc from the optical axis Axc of the lower end position of the central part on the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca is the upward displacement amount Dc from the optical axis Axa of the lower end position of the central part on the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa. It is set to a larger value (for example, about twice the value) than the downward displacement amount Da.
 第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caにおいて、第1開口部40Aaよりも第2開口部40Baの方が大きい上下幅で形成されており、また、第2開口部40Baよりも第3開口部40Caの方が大きい上下幅で形成されている。 Among the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca, the second opening 40Ba has a larger vertical width than the first opening 40Aa, and the third opening 40Ba has a larger vertical width than the second opening 40Ba. 40Ca is formed with a larger vertical width.
 さらに、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caは、いずれもその左右両側の内周縁が上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びている。第1開口部40Aaよりも第2開口部40Baの方が、多少左右幅が大きく形成されている。また、第2開口部40Baよりも第3開口部40Caの方が、多少左右幅が大きく形成されている。 Furthermore, the inner circumferential edges on both the left and right sides of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca extend upward in a direction that slightly expands with respect to the vertical direction. The second opening 40Ba has a slightly larger horizontal width than the first opening 40Aa. Further, the third opening 40Ca is formed to have a slightly larger horizontal width than the second opening 40Ba.
 第1発光素子20Aは、第1投影レンズ部32Aの光軸Axaよりも下方側に配置されている。第2発光素子20Bは、第2投影レンズ部32Bの光軸Axb上に配置されている。第3発光素子20Cは、第3投影レンズ部32Cの光軸Axcよりも上方側に配置されている。 The first light-emitting element 20A is disposed below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens unit 32A. The second light-emitting element 20B is disposed on the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens unit 32B. The third light-emitting element 20C is disposed above the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens unit 32C.
 具体的には、第1発光素子20A、第2発光素子20Bおよび第3発光素子20Cは、その発光中心が、それぞれ第1基準軸線La、第2基準軸線Lbおよび第3基準軸線Lc上に位置するように配置されている。第1基準軸線La、第2基準軸線Lbおよび第3基準軸線Lcは、それぞれ遮光板40の第1開口部40Aa、第2開口部40Baおよび第3開口部40Caの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置を通るようにして灯具前後方向に延びている。 Specifically, the first light emitting element 20A, the second light emitting element 20B, and the third light emitting element 20C have their light emission centers located on the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc, respectively. It is arranged so that The first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc are at the center of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa, the second opening 40Ba, and the third opening 40Ca of the light shielding plate 40, respectively. It extends in the front-rear direction of the lamp so as to pass through the lower end position.
 第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cは、図示しない電子制御ユニットに接続されており、車両走行状況等に応じて電子制御ユニットによる点消灯制御が行われるように構成されている。 The first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C are connected to an electronic control unit (not shown), and are configured so that the electronic control unit performs lighting/extinguishing control according to vehicle running conditions and the like.
 基板22と遮光板40との間には、集光レンズアッシー50が配置されている。 A condensing lens assembly 50 is arranged between the substrate 22 and the light shielding plate 40.
 集光レンズアッシー50は、3つの左右方向に並んだ状態の第1集光レンズ52A、第2集光レンズ52Bおよび第3集光レンズ52Cと板状部を介して一体的に形成されている。第1集光レンズ52A、第2集光レンズ52Bおよび第3集光レンズ52Cは、それぞれ第1基準軸線La、第2基準軸線Lbおよび第3基準軸線Lc上に位置するように配置されている。 The condenser lens assembly 50 is integrally formed with a first condenser lens 52A, a second condenser lens 52B, and a third condenser lens 52C, which are arranged in the left-right direction, via a plate-shaped portion. . The first condensing lens 52A, the second condensing lens 52B, and the third condensing lens 52C are arranged so as to be located on the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc, respectively. .
 第1集光レンズ52A、第2集光レンズ52Bおよび第3集光レンズ52Cは、灯具正面視において遮光板40のそれぞれ第1開口部40Aa、第2開口部40Baおよび第3開口部40Caと重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されている。 The first condenser lens 52A, the second condenser lens 52B, and the third condenser lens 52C overlap with the first aperture 40Aa, the second aperture 40Ba, and the third aperture 40Ca of the light shielding plate 40, respectively, when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is formed so as to extend in a V-shape in a positional relationship.
 具体的には、第1集光レンズ52Aは、第1開口部40Aaよりも大きい上下幅で第1開口部40Aaを全周にわたって囲むように形成されており、略ハート形の外形形状を有している。また、第2集光レンズ52Bは、第2開口部40Baよりも大きい上下幅で第2開口部40Baを全周にわたって囲むように形成されており、第1集光レンズ52Aよりもひと回り大きい略ハート形の外形形状を有している。さらに、第3集光レンズ52Cは、第3開口部40Caよりも大きい上下幅で第3開口部40Caを全周にわたって囲むように形成されており、第2開口部40Baよりもひと回り大きい略ハート形の外形形状を有している。 Specifically, the first condensing lens 52A is formed to surround the first opening 40Aa all around the first opening 40Aa with a vertical width larger than the first opening 40Aa, and has a substantially heart-shaped outer shape. ing. Further, the second condenser lens 52B is formed to surround the second aperture 40Ba all around the second aperture 40Ba with a vertical width larger than that of the second aperture 40Ba, and has an approximately heart-shaped shape that is one size larger than the first condenser lens 52A. It has an external shape of a shape. Furthermore, the third condensing lens 52C is formed to surround the third opening 40Ca all around the third opening 40Ca with a vertical width larger than that of the third opening 40Ca, and has a substantially heart shape that is one size larger than the second opening 40Ba. It has an external shape.
 第1集光レンズ52A、第2集光レンズ52Bおよび第3集光レンズ52Cは、その後面52Ab、52Bb、52Cbが凸曲面状に形成されている。第1集光レンズ52A、第2集光レンズ52Bおよび第3集光レンズ52Cにおいて、それぞれの前面52Aa、52Ba、52Caはそれぞれの後面52Ab、52Bb、52Cbよりも曲率が小さい凸曲面状に形成されている。 The rear surfaces 52Ab, 52Bb, and 52Cb of the first condenser lens 52A, the second condenser lens 52B, and the third condenser lens 52C are formed into convex curved surfaces. In the first condenser lens 52A, the second condenser lens 52B, and the third condenser lens 52C, the respective front surfaces 52Aa, 52Ba, and 52Ca are formed in a convex curved shape with a smaller curvature than the respective rear surfaces 52Ab, 52Bb, and 52Cb. ing.
 これにより、第1集光レンズ52A~第3集光レンズ52Cは、それぞれ、入射した第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cからの出射光を、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caの方向に収束する光として遮光板40へ向けて出射するように構成されている。 As a result, the first condenser lens 52A to the third condenser lens 52C direct the incident light emitted from the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C to the first aperture 40Aa to the third aperture 40Ca, respectively. The light beam is configured to be emitted toward the light shielding plate 40 as light that converges in the direction.
 集光レンズアッシー50は、第1集光レンズ52A~第3集光レンズ52Cの周囲に位置する板状部の左右両側に1対の取付フランジ部54が形成された構成となっている。左右1対の取付フランジ部54は、L字形の水平断面形状を有している。取付フランジ部54の前端面が遮光板40の左右両端部に対して灯具後方側から当接することによって、第1集光レンズ52A~第3集光レンズ52Cは、第1基準軸線La~第3基準軸線Lc上に位置決めされる。 The condensing lens assembly 50 has a configuration in which a pair of mounting flanges 54 are formed on both left and right sides of a plate-shaped portion located around the first to third condensing lenses 52A to 52C. The pair of left and right mounting flange portions 54 have an L-shaped horizontal cross-sectional shape. The front end surface of the mounting flange portion 54 contacts both left and right end portions of the light shielding plate 40 from the rear side of the lamp, so that the first to third condensing lenses 52A to 52C are aligned from the first reference axis La to the third It is positioned on the reference axis Lc.
 ヒートシンク60は、灯具前後方向と直交する平面に沿って延びる本体部62と、この本体部62から灯具後方へ向けて鉛直面に沿って延びる複数の放熱フィン64と、本体部62の左右両側部に形成された1対の取付フランジ部66とを備えている。 The heat sink 60 includes a main body 62 extending along a plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp, a plurality of radiation fins 64 extending along a vertical plane from the main body 62 toward the rear of the lamp, and left and right sides of the main body 62. A pair of mounting flange portions 66 are formed.
 基板22は、ヒートシンク60の本体部62に対して面接触した状態で、その対角線上の2箇所においてネジ72の締め付けが行われることによって位置決めされ支持されている。 The board 22 is in surface contact with the main body 62 of the heat sink 60, and is positioned and supported by tightening screws 72 at two diagonal locations.
 また、投影レンズ30、遮光板40および集光レンズアッシー50は、ヒートシンク60の左右1対の取付フランジ部66に対して、その対角線上の2箇所においてネジ74の締め付けが行われることによって位置決めされ支持されている。ネジ締めは、投影レンズ30の左右1対の取付フランジ部36と遮光板40の左右両端部と集光レンズアッシー50の左右1対の取付フランジ部54とをヒートシンク60の左右1対の取付フランジ部66に重ね合わせた状態で、共締めによって行われている。なお、投影レンズ30の左右1対の取付フランジ部36には、それぞれ位置決めピン36aが形成されている。一方、遮光板40の左右両端部と集光レンズアッシー50の左右1対の取付フランジ部54とヒートシンク60の左右1対の取付フランジ部66には、位置決めピン36aを挿通させるピン挿通孔40a、54a、66aがそれぞれ形成されている。 Further, the projection lens 30, the light shielding plate 40, and the condensing lens assembly 50 are positioned by tightening screws 74 at two diagonal locations on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 66 of the heat sink 60. Supported. The screw tightening is performed by connecting the pair of left and right mounting flanges 36 of the projection lens 30, both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 40, and the pair of left and right mounting flanges 54 of the condensing lens assembly 50 to the pair of left and right mounting flanges of the heat sink 60. This is done by co-tightening with the parts 66 superimposed on each other. Note that positioning pins 36a are formed on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 36 of the projection lens 30, respectively. On the other hand, pin insertion holes 40a into which the positioning pins 36a are inserted are provided at both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 40, a pair of left and right mounting flanges 54 of the condenser lens assembly 50, and a pair of left and right mounting flanges 66 of the heat sink 60; 54a and 66a are formed, respectively.
 次に、図8および図9に示す描画用配光パターンPAについて説明する。 Next, the drawing light distribution pattern PA shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 will be described.
 上述したとおり、描画用配光パターンPAは描画用灯具10からの照射光により形成される。描画用配光パターンPAは、図8、9に示すように3つの描画用配光パターンPAa、PAb、PAcによって構成されている。 As described above, the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 10. The drawing light distribution pattern PA is composed of three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9.
 3つの描画用配光パターンPAa、PAb、PAcは、いずれも逆V字形(すなわち灯具前方へ向けて尖った形状)の配光パターンである。3つの描画用配光パターンPAa、PAb、PAcは、略同一サイズでかつ直列配置で略等間隔をおいて形成されている。 The three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc are all light distribution patterns in an inverted V shape (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp). The three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc have approximately the same size and are arranged in series at approximately equal intervals.
 車両の前方の路面2の遠距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAaは、第1発光素子20Aからの出射光が、第1投影レンズ部32Aを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。 The drawing light distribution pattern PAa formed in a long distance area of the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle is created by emitting light from the first light emitting element 20A toward the front of the lamp via the first projection lens section 32A. This is the light distribution pattern formed by this.
 描画用配光パターンPAaは、遮光板40に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部40Aaの反転投影像として形成される。 The drawing light distribution pattern PAa is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 40Aa formed in the light shielding plate 40 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
 第1開口部40Aaは、第1開口部40Aaの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第1投影レンズ部32Aの光軸Axaよりも下方側となるように位置しているこのため、描画用配光パターンPAaは光軸Axaよりも上向きの光として灯具前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、描画用配光パターンPAaは遠距離領域に形成される。 The first opening 40Aa is located such that the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa is below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens section 32A. The light distribution pattern PAa is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed upward from the optical axis Axa. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PAa is formed in a long distance area.
 また、第1発光素子20Aからの出射光は、第1開口部40Aaを全周にわたってV字形に囲むように形成された第1集光レンズ52Aによって効率良く第1開口部40Aaに入射する。このため、描画用配光パターンPAaは、十分かつ略均一な明るさで形成される。しかも、第1発光素子20Aおよび第1集光レンズ52Aは、第1開口部40Aaの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置を通る第1基準軸線La上に配置されているので、描画用配光パターンPAaの明るさが十分に確保される。 Further, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 20A efficiently enters the first opening 40Aa by the first condenser lens 52A formed so as to surround the first opening 40Aa in a V-shape over the entire circumference. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAa is formed with sufficient and substantially uniform brightness. Moreover, the first light emitting element 20A and the first condensing lens 52A are arranged on the first reference axis La passing through the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 40Aa. Sufficient brightness of the light pattern PAa is ensured.
 車両の前方の路面2の近距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAbは、第2発光素子20Bからの出射光が、第2投影レンズ部32Bを介して灯具の前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。 The drawing light distribution pattern PAb formed in a short distance area of the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle is created by emitting light from the second light emitting element 20B toward the front of the lamp via the second projection lens section 32B. This is a light distribution pattern formed by
 描画用配光パターンPAbは、遮光板40に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第2開口部40Baの反転投影像として形成される。 The drawing light distribution pattern PAb is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 40Ba, which is formed to have a V-shaped opening shape in the light shielding plate 40.
 第2開口部40Baは、第2開口部40Baの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第2投影レンズ部32Bの光軸Axb上に位置している。このため、描画用配光パターンPAbは、光軸Axbと略平行な光として灯具前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、描画用配光パターンPAbは、近距離領域に形成される。 The lower end of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 40Ba is located on the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens portion 32B. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light substantially parallel to the optical axis Axb. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is formed in the short distance area.
 また、第2発光素子20Bからの出射光は、第2開口部40Baを全周にわたってV字形に囲むように形成された第2集光レンズ52Bによって効率良く第2開口部40Baに入射する。このため、描画用配光パターンPAbは、十分かつ略均一な明るさで形成される。しかも、第2発光素子20Bおよび第2集光レンズ52Bは、第2開口部40Baの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置を通る第2基準軸線Lb上に配置されているので、描画用配光パターンPAbの明るさが十分に確保される。 Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 20B efficiently enters the second opening 40Ba by the second condensing lens 52B formed so as to surround the second opening 40Ba in a V-shape all around. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAb is formed with sufficient and substantially uniform brightness. Moreover, the second light emitting element 20B and the second condensing lens 52B are arranged on the second reference axis Lb passing through the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 40Ba. Sufficient brightness of the light pattern PAb is ensured.
 車両の前方の路面2の至近距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAcは、第3発光素子20Cからの出射光が、第3投影レンズ部32Cを介して灯具の前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。 The drawing light distribution pattern PAc formed in a close range area of the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle is created by emitting light from the third light emitting element 20C toward the front of the lamp via the third projection lens section 32C. This is a light distribution pattern formed by
 この描画用配光パターンPAcは、遮光板40に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第3開口部40Caの反転投影像として形成される。 This drawing light distribution pattern PAc is formed as an inverted projection image of the third opening 40Ca formed in the light shielding plate 40 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape.
 第3開口部40Caは、第3開口部40Caの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第3投影レンズ部32Cの光軸Axcよりも上方側に位置している。このため、描画用配光パターンPAcは、第3投影レンズ部32Cの光軸Axcよりも下向きの光として灯具前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、描画用配光パターンPAcは至近距離領域に形成される。 The lower end of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca is located above the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens section 32C. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAc is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed downward from the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens section 32C. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PAc is formed in a close range area.
 また、第3発光素子20Cからの出射光は、第3開口部40Caを全周にわたってV字形に囲むように形成された第2集光レンズ52Bによって効率良く第3開口部40Caに入射する。このため、描画用配光パターンPAcは、その明るさが十分に確保され、かつ略均一な明るさで形成される。しかも、第3発光素子20Cおよび第2集光レンズ52Bは、第3開口部40Caの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置を通る第3基準軸線Lc上に配置されているので、描画用配光パターンPAcの明るさが十分に確保される。 Furthermore, the light emitted from the third light emitting element 20C efficiently enters the third opening 40Ca by the second condenser lens 52B formed so as to surround the third opening 40Ca in a V-shape. Therefore, the drawing light distribution pattern PAc is formed with sufficient brightness and substantially uniform brightness. Moreover, the third light emitting element 20C and the second condensing lens 52B are arranged on the third reference axis Lc passing through the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 40Ca. Sufficient brightness of the light pattern PAc is ensured.
 光軸Axcからの第3開口部40Caの上方変位量Dcは、光軸Axaからの第1開口部40Aaの下方変位量Daよりも大きい値に設定されている。このため、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cからの出射光の車両の前方の路面2に対する照射角度はそれぞれ異なるにもかかわらず、描画用配光パターンPAbと描画用配光パターンPAcとの間隔は描画用配光パターンPAaと描画用配光パターンPAbとの略同じ間隔となる。 The upward displacement amount Dc of the third opening 40Ca from the optical axis Axc is set to a larger value than the downward displacement amount Da of the first opening 40Aa from the optical axis Axa. Therefore, although the irradiation angles of the light emitted from the first projection lens section 32A to the third projection lens section 32C with respect to the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle are different, the light distribution pattern for drawing PAb and the light distribution pattern for drawing The distance from PAc is approximately the same as that between the drawing light distribution pattern PAa and the drawing light distribution pattern PAb.
 3つの描画用配光パターンPAa~PAcは略同一サイズで形成される。これは、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caの上下幅がこの順番で大きくなっており、また、その左右両側の内周縁がいずれも上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びており、かつ、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caの順番で左右幅も多少大きくなっていることによるものである。 The three drawing light distribution patterns PAa to PAc are formed with approximately the same size. This is because the vertical widths of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca increase in this order, and the inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides of the openings expand slightly in the vertical direction. This is due to the fact that the opening 40A is elongated, and the left and right widths also become somewhat larger in the order of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca.
 次に本実施形態の作用について説明する。 Next, the operation of this embodiment will be explained.
 本実施形態に係る描画用灯具10は、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cからの出射光を投影レンズ30を介して灯具の前方へ向けて照射することにより描画用配光パターンPAa~PAcを形成するように構成されている。投影レンズ30は、遠距離描画用の第1投影レンズ部32Aと近距離描画用の第2投影レンズ部32Bと至近距離描画用の第3投影レンズ部32Cとが左右方向(灯具前後方向と交差する所要方向)に並んだ状態で配置された構成となっている。第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cと投影レンズ30との間に配置された遮光板40には、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cの灯具の後方側の部位に、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caが形成されている。このため、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cから出射され第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caを通る光は、反転投影像として逆V字形の描画用配光パターンPAa~PAcを遠近3箇所に形成する。これにより周囲への注意喚起効果を高めることができる。 The drawing lamp 10 according to the present embodiment has a drawing light distribution pattern PAa to Configured to form a PAc. The projection lens 30 has a first projection lens section 32A for long-distance drawing, a second projection lens section 32B for short-distance drawing, and a third projection lens section 32C for close-range drawing in the left-right direction (intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp). The configuration is such that they are arranged in a line in the required direction. The light shielding plate 40 disposed between the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C and the projection lens 30 includes a portion on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 32A to third projection lens section 32C. A first opening 40Aa to a third opening 40Ca are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C and passing through the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca forms an inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern PAa to PAc as an inverted projection image. Form in 3 places near and far. This can increase the effect of alerting the surroundings.
 その上で、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cと遮光板40との間には、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cからの出射光を第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caへ向けて集光させるための第1集光レンズ52A~第3集光レンズ52Cが配置されている。第1集光レンズ52A~第3集光レンズ52Cは、いずれも灯具正面視において第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caと重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されている。このため、第1集光レンズ52A~第3集光レンズ52Cの各々を大型化する必要がなく、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cからの出射光を第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caに効率良く入射させることができる。これにより描画用配光パターンPAa~PAcをいずれも略均一な明るさで形成することができる。 Moreover, between the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C and the light shielding plate 40, the emitted light from the first light emitting element 20A to the third light emitting element 20C is transmitted to the first opening 40Aa to the third opening. A first condenser lens 52A to a third condenser lens 52C are arranged to condense light toward the portion 40Ca. The first condenser lens 52A to the third condenser lens 52C are all formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap with the first aperture 40Aa to the third aperture 40Ca when viewed from the front of the lamp. Therefore, there is no need to increase the size of each of the first condenser lens 52A to third condenser lens 52C, and the light emitted from the first light emitting element 20A to third light emitting element 20C is The light can be efficiently incident on the opening 40Ca. As a result, all of the drawing light distribution patterns PAa to PAc can be formed with substantially uniform brightness.
 このように本実施形態によれば、描画用配光パターンPAを形成するように構成された描画用灯具10において、描画用配光パターンPAを構成する3つの逆V字形の描画用配光パターンPAa~PAcを効率良く形成することができる。 In this way, according to this embodiment, in the drawing lamp 10 configured to form the drawing light distribution pattern PA, the three inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution patterns PAa to Pac that make up the drawing light distribution pattern PA can be efficiently formed.
 しかも本実施形態のように、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、そのレンズ有効面同士が互いに隣接した状態で一体的に形成されている。これにより、投影レンズ30が1つのまとまりあるレンズとして見えるようにすることができ、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cの意匠性を高めることができる。 Moreover, as in this embodiment, the first to third projection lens parts 32A to 32C are integrally formed with their effective lens surfaces adjacent to each other. Thereby, the projection lens 30 can be seen as one unified lens, and the design of the first to third projection lens parts 32A to 32C can be improved.
 また、本実施形態の投影レンズ30は、第1投影レンズ部32Aが第2投影レンズ部32Bおよび第3投影レンズ部32Cよりも大きいサイズで形成されている。このため、遠距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAaは、近距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAbおよび至近距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAcと略同等の鮮明度および明るさで形成される。これにより、描画用配光パターンPAの形成による周囲への注意喚起機能を高めることができる。 Furthermore, in the projection lens 30 of this embodiment, the first projection lens section 32A is formed in a larger size than the second projection lens section 32B and the third projection lens section 32C. Therefore, the light distribution pattern for drawing PAa formed in the far-distance area is approximately as clear as the light distribution pattern for drawing PAb formed in the near-distance area and the light distribution pattern for drawing PAc formed in the close-distance area. formed by degree and brightness. Thereby, the function of calling attention to the surroundings by forming the drawing light distribution pattern PA can be enhanced.
 本実施形態においては、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caが、いずれも一定の上下幅で形成されている。しかしながら、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caの下側内周縁がV字形に延びるように形成されていれば、これ以外の開口形状が採用されてもよい。例えば、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caは、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caの上下幅が左右方向の中心位置から両端位置へ向かって徐々に狭くなるように形成された開口形状であってもよい。また、第1開口部40Aa~第3開口部40Caは、左右非対称の開口形状や、下向き矢印状に形成された開口形状等であってもよい。これらの開口形状が採用された場合においても、描画用配光パターンPAa~PAcを逆V字形(すなわち灯具前方へ向けて尖った形状)の配光パターンとして形成することが可能である。 In this embodiment, the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca, which are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape, are all formed with a constant vertical width. However, other opening shapes may be adopted as long as the lower inner peripheral edges of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca extend in a V-shape. For example, the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca are formed such that the vertical width of the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca gradually narrows from the center position in the left-right direction toward both end positions. It may have an opening shape. Further, the first opening 40Aa to the third opening 40Ca may have an asymmetrical opening shape, an opening shape shaped like a downward arrow, or the like. Even when these opening shapes are adopted, it is possible to form the drawing light distribution patterns PAa to PAc as an inverted V-shaped light distribution pattern (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp).
 本実施形態においては、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、その光軸Axa~Axcがいずれも同じ高さ位置において灯具前後方向に延びるように形成されている。しかしながら、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは、これ以外の構成であってもよい。例えば、第1投影レンズ部32Aの光軸Axaが第2投影レンズ部32Bの光軸Axbよりも上向きに延びており、第3投影レンズ部32Cの光軸Axcが第2投影レンズ部32Bの光軸Axbよりも下向きに延びているように、第1投影レンズ部32A~第3投影レンズ部32Cは形成されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the first projection lens unit 32A to the third projection lens unit 32C are formed so that their optical axes Axa to Axc all extend in the front-to-rear direction of the lamp at the same height position. However, the first projection lens unit 32A to the third projection lens unit 32C may have other configurations. For example, the first projection lens unit 32A to the third projection lens unit 32C may be formed so that the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens unit 32A extends upward more than the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens unit 32B, and the optical axis Axc of the third projection lens unit 32C extends downward more than the optical axis Axb of the second projection lens unit 32B.
 本実施形態においては、第1発光素子20A~第3発光素子20Cの発光色が白色であるが、これ以外の発光色(例えばアンバー色や赤色等)が採用されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the first to third light emitting elements 20A to 20C emit light in white, but other colors (for example, amber, red, etc.) may be used.
 本実施形態においては、描画用灯具10は、車両100の前端部における車幅方向側端部に搭載されているが、車両100の後端部や側面部等に搭載されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the drawing lamp 10 is mounted on the vehicle width direction side end at the front end of the vehicle 100, but it may also be mounted on the rear end or side of the vehicle 100, etc.
 本実施形態においては、描画用灯具10からの照射光によって車両の前方の路面2に描画用配光パターンPAが形成されているが、灯具の前方に配置された壁面や灯具前方へ向けて延びる壁面等に描画用配光パターンが形成されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 10, but the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle. A drawing light distribution pattern may be formed on a wall surface or the like.
 次に、本実施形態の変形例について説明する。 Next, a modification of this embodiment will be described.
 まず、第一実施形態の第1変形例について説明する。 First, a first modification of the first embodiment will be described.
 図10は、第一実施形態の第1変形例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。 FIG. 10 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a first modification of the first embodiment.
 第1変形例の基本的な構成は第一実施形態の場合と同様であるが、第1発光素子120Aの配置が第一実施形態と異なっている。 The basic configuration of the first modification is the same as that of the first embodiment, but the arrangement of the first light emitting element 120A is different from the first embodiment.
 具体的には、第1変形例の第1発光素子120Aは、第一実施形態の第1発光素子20Aの第1基準軸線Laを中心にして45°回転させた状態で配置されている。すなわち、第1発光素子120Aは、第一実施形態の第1発光素子20Aと同様、矩形状(具体的には正方形)の発光面120aを有しているが、その発光面120aが灯具正面視において頂点が上下左右方向を向いた菱形に見えるように配置されている。 Specifically, the first light emitting element 120A of the first modification is arranged in a state rotated by 45 degrees around the first reference axis La of the first light emitting element 20A of the first embodiment. That is, like the first light emitting element 20A of the first embodiment, the first light emitting element 120A has a rectangular (specifically square) light emitting surface 120a, but the light emitting surface 120a is The vertices are arranged in a diamond shape with the vertices facing up, down, left and right.
 なお本変形例においても、第1投影レンズ部32A、遮光板40の第1開口部40Aaおよび第1集光レンズ52Aの構成ならびに第1投影レンズ部32Aの光軸Axaと第1基準軸線Laとの位置関係については、第一実施形態の場合と同様である。 Note that also in this modification, the configurations of the first projection lens section 32A, the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40, and the first condensing lens 52A, and the optical axis Axa and the first reference axis La of the first projection lens section 32A are changed. The positional relationship is the same as in the first embodiment.
 本変形例の構成を採用することにより、次のような作用効果を得ることができる。 By adopting the configuration of this modified example, the following effects can be obtained.
 第1発光素子120Aを、その発光面120aが灯具正面視において頂点が上下左右方向を向いた菱形に見えるように配置されている。これにより、第1集光レンズ52Aに入射した第1発光素子120Aからの出射光を、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部40Aaに一層効率良く入射させることができる。 The first light emitting element 120A is arranged so that its light emitting surface 120a appears to be a diamond shape with the apex facing in the vertical and horizontal directions when the lamp is viewed from the front. Thereby, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 120A that has entered the first condensing lens 52A can be made to enter the first opening 40Aa, which is formed to have a V-shaped opening, more efficiently. .
 なお、本変形例と同様の構成は、第一実施形態の第2発光素子20Bおよび第3発光素子20Cに対して適用されてもよい。 Note that the same configuration as this modification may be applied to the second light emitting element 20B and the third light emitting element 20C of the first embodiment.
 また、第1開口部40Aaは、第1開口部40Aaの開口形状を構成するV字形の挟角が90°に近い挟角にとなるように構成されている場合には、本変形例の構成が採用されることが特に効果である。 In addition, when the first opening 40Aa is configured such that the included angle of the V-shape constituting the opening shape of the first opening 40Aa is close to 90°, the configuration of this modification example is It is particularly effective if the system is adopted.
 次に、第一実施形態の第2変形例について説明する。 Next, a second modification of the first embodiment will be described.
 図11は、第一実施形態の第2変形例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。 FIG. 11 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a second modification of the first embodiment.
 第2変形例の基本的な構成は、第一実施形態の場合と同様であるが、第1発光素子220Aの数および配置が第一実施形態の場合と異なっている。 The basic configuration of the second modification is the same as that of the first embodiment, but the number and arrangement of the first light emitting elements 220A are different from the first embodiment.
 本変形例においては、第1発光素子220AがV字形の配置で3箇所に配置されている。 In this modification, the first light emitting elements 220A are arranged in three locations in a V-shaped arrangement.
 第一実施形態の第1発光素子20Aと同様の構成を有する3つの第1発光素子220Aが、遮光板40の第1開口部40Aaにおける左右方向の中心部および両端部に位置するように配置されている。その際、3つの第1発光素子220Aのうち左右方向における中心部に配置された第1発光素子220Aは、第1基準軸線Laの下方かつ第1開口部40Aaにおける上下方向の略中心に位置している。また、3つの第1発光素子220Aのうち左右方向の両端部に配置された第1発光素子220Aも、第1開口部40Aaにおける上下方向の略中心に位置している。 Three first light emitting elements 220A having the same configuration as the first light emitting element 20A of the first embodiment are arranged so as to be located at the center and both ends of the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40 in the left and right direction. ing. At this time, the first light emitting element 220A, which is disposed at the center in the left-right direction among the three first light emitting elements 220A, is located below the first reference axis La and approximately at the vertical center of the first opening 40Aa. ing. Moreover, the first light emitting elements 220A, which are arranged at both ends in the left and right direction among the three first light emitting elements 220A, are also located approximately at the vertical center of the first opening 40Aa.
 なお本変形例においても、第1投影レンズ部32A、遮光板40の第1開口部40Aaおよび第1集光レンズ52Aの構成ならびに第1投影レンズ部32Aの光軸Axaと第1基準軸線Laとの位置関係については、第一実施形態の場合と同様である。 Note that also in this modification, the configurations of the first projection lens section 32A, the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40, and the first condensing lens 52A, and the optical axis Axa and the first reference axis La of the first projection lens section 32A are changed. The positional relationship is the same as in the first embodiment.
 図12は、図11のXII-XII線における断面図である。図12は、V字形の第1開口部40Aaにおける片側の傾斜直線部に沿った断面形状を示している。 FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XII-XII in FIG. 11. FIG. 12 shows a cross-sectional shape of the V-shaped first opening 40Aa along an inclined linear portion on one side.
 図12に示すように、傾斜直線部に沿った断面位置においては、第1集光レンズ52Aの後面52Abは、その中央部52Ab1が灯具前後方向と直交する鉛直面内において直線状に延びている。第1集光レンズ52Aの後面52Abは、その両端部52Ab2、52Ab3が灯具前方側へ回り込むように凸曲線状に延びている。また、第1集光レンズ52Aの前面52Aaについても第1集光レンズ52Aの後面52Abと同様に構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 12, in the cross-sectional position along the inclined straight portion, the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A has a central portion 52Ab1 extending linearly in a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp. . The rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A extends in a convex curve shape so that both end portions 52Ab2 and 52Ab3 wrap around toward the front side of the lamp. Further, the front surface 52Aa of the first condensing lens 52A is configured similarly to the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A.
 このため、各第1発光素子220Aから出射して、第1集光レンズ52Aの後面52Abにおける中央部52Ab1に入射した光は、その入射角度と同じ出射角度でその前面52Aaから出射し、その大半が遮光板40の第1開口部40Aaに到達する。 Therefore, the light emitted from each first light emitting element 220A and incident on the central portion 52Ab1 of the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A is emitted from the front surface 52Aa at the same output angle as the incident angle, and most of the light is emitted from the front surface 52Aa at the same output angle as the incident angle. reaches the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40.
 また、各第1発光素子220Aから出射して、第1集光レンズ52Aの後面52Abにおける両端部52Ab2、52Ab3に入射した光は、互いに近づく方向へ屈折した後、その前面52Aaからさらに互いに近づく方向へ出射し、その多くが遮光板40の第1開口部40Aaに到達する。 Further, the light emitted from each first light emitting element 220A and incident on both ends 52Ab2 and 52Ab3 of the rear surface 52Ab of the first condensing lens 52A is refracted in a direction toward each other, and then further toward each other from the front surface 52Aa. Most of the light reaches the first opening 40Aa of the light shielding plate 40.
 本変形例の構成を採用することにより、次のような作用効果を得ることができる。 By adopting the configuration of this modification, the following effects can be obtained.
 すなわち、第1発光素子220AがV字形の配置で3箇所に配置されるように構成されているので、逆V字形の描画用配光パターンPAa(図8、9参照)を一層明るくかつ均一に形成することができる。 That is, since the first light emitting elements 220A are arranged in three locations in a V-shaped arrangement, the inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution pattern PAa (see FIGS. 8 and 9) can be made brighter and more uniform. can be formed.
 しかも、第1集光レンズ52Aは、3箇所に配置された第1発光素子220Aからの出射光を互いに近づく方向へ向けて出射させるように構成されている。このため、3箇所に配置された第1発光素子220Aからの出射光を第1開口部40Aaにより効率良く入射させることができる。 Moreover, the first condensing lens 52A is configured to direct the emitted light from the first light emitting elements 220A arranged at three locations in a direction in which they approach each other. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting elements 220A arranged at three locations can be made to enter the first opening 40Aa more efficiently.
 特に、遠距離領域に形成される描画用配光パターンPAaは、その明るさを十分に確保することが容易でない。しかしながら、本変形例のように3つの第1発光素子220Aからの出射光によって描画用配光パターンPAaを形成することにより、描画用配光パターンPAaの明るさを十分に確保することができる。 In particular, it is not easy to ensure sufficient brightness for the drawing light distribution pattern PAa formed in a long distance area. However, by forming the drawing light distribution pattern PAa with the light emitted from the three first light emitting elements 220A as in this modification, sufficient brightness of the drawing light distribution pattern PAa can be ensured.
 なお、本変形例と同様の構成は、第一実施形態の第2発光素子20Bおよび第3発光素子20Cに対して適用されてもよい。 Note that the same configuration as this modification may be applied to the second light emitting element 20B and the third light emitting element 20C of the first embodiment.
 次に、第一実施形態の第3変形例について説明する。 Next, a third modification of the first embodiment will be described.
 図13は、第一実施形態の第3変形例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。 FIG. 13 is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a third modification of the first embodiment.
 本変形例は以下の点で第一実施形態と異なっている。第1投影レンズ部332Aの灯具の後方側に配置された遮光板340に、第1開口部340Aa、第2開口部340Baおよび第3開口部340Caが上下方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。第1投影レンズ部332Aの灯具後方側に第1集光レンズ352A、第2集光レンズ352Bおよび第3集光レンズ352Cが上下方向に並んで配置されている。さらに、第1投影レンズ部332Aの灯具の後方側に第1発光素子320A、第2発光素子320Bおよび第3発光素子320Cが上下方向に間隔をおいて配置されている。 This modification differs from the first embodiment in the following points. A first opening 340Aa, a second opening 340Ba, and a third opening 340Ca are formed at intervals in the vertical direction in a light shielding plate 340 arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 332A. A first condensing lens 352A, a second condensing lens 352B, and a third condensing lens 352C are arranged vertically on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 332A. Furthermore, a first light emitting element 320A, a second light emitting element 320B, and a third light emitting element 320C are arranged at intervals in the vertical direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 332A.
 具体的には、第1開口部340Aaは、第1開口部340Aaの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が第1投影レンズ部332Aの光軸Axaよりも下方に位置するように形成されている。第2開口部340Baは、第2開口部340Baの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が光軸Axa上に位置するように形成されている。第3開口部340Caは、第3開口部340Caの上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置が光軸Axaよりも上方に位置するように形成されている。その際、第3開口部340Caにおける上側内周縁の中央下端位置の光軸Axaからの上方変位量は、第1開口部340Aaにおける上側内周縁の中央下端位置の光軸Axaからの下方変位量よりも大きい。 Specifically, the first opening 340Aa is formed such that the lower end position of the central part of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 340Aa is located below the optical axis Axa of the first projection lens section 332A. There is. The second opening 340Ba is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the second opening 340Ba is located on the optical axis Axa. The third opening 340Ca is formed such that the lower end position of the central portion of the upper inner peripheral edge of the third opening 340Ca is located above the optical axis Axa. At this time, the amount of upward displacement from the optical axis Axa of the central lower end position of the upper inner peripheral edge in the third opening 340Ca is greater than the amount of downward displacement from the optical axis Axa of the central lower end position of the upper inner peripheral edge in the first opening 340Aa. It's also big.
 第1開口部340Aa~第3開口部340Caにおいて、第1開口部340Aaよりも第2開口部340Baの方が大きい上下幅で形成されており、また、第2開口部340Baよりも第3開口部340Caの方が大きい上下幅で形成されている。 Among the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca, the second opening 340Ba has a larger vertical width than the first opening 340Aa, and the third opening 340Ba has a larger vertical width than the second opening 340Ba. 340Ca is formed with a larger vertical width.
 さらに、第1開口部340Aa~第3開口部340Caは、いずれもその左右両側の内周縁が上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びている。第1開口部340Aaよりも第2開口部340Baの方が、多少左右幅が大きく、また、第2開口部340Baよりも第3開口部340Caの方が、多少左右幅が大きい。 Further, the inner peripheral edges on both the left and right sides of the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction. The second opening 340Ba has a slightly larger horizontal width than the first opening 340Aa, and the third opening 340Ca has a slightly larger horizontal width than the second opening 340Ba.
 第1発光素子320A、第2発光素子320Bおよび第3発光素子320Cは、その発光中心が、それぞれ第1基準軸線La、第2基準軸線Lbおよび第3基準軸線Lc上に位置するように配置されている。第1基準軸線La、第2基準軸線Lbおよび第3基準軸線Lcは、それぞれ第1開口部340Aa、第2開口部340Baおよび第3開口部340Caにおける上側の内周縁における中央部の下端位置を通るようにして灯具の前後方向に延びている。 The first light emitting element 320A, the second light emitting element 320B, and the third light emitting element 320C are arranged such that their light emission centers are located on the first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc, respectively. ing. The first reference axis La, the second reference axis Lb, and the third reference axis Lc pass through the lower end positions of the central portions of the upper inner peripheral edges of the first opening 340Aa, the second opening 340Ba, and the third opening 340Ca, respectively. In this way, it extends in the front and back direction of the lamp.
 第1集光レンズ352A、第2集光レンズ352Bおよび第3集光レンズ352Cは、灯具正面視において第1開口部340Aa、第2開口部340Baおよび第3開口部340Caと重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されている。 The first condensing lens 352A, the second condensing lens 352B, and the third condensing lens 352C are arranged at V in a positional relationship overlapping with the first aperture 340Aa, the second aperture 340Ba, and the third aperture 340Ca when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is formed to extend in the shape of a letter.
 具体的には、第1集光レンズ352Aは、第1開口部340Aaよりも大きい上下幅で第1開口部340Aaを全周にわたって囲むように形成されており、略ハート形の外形形状を有している。また、第2集光レンズ352Bは、第2開口部340Baよりも大きい上下幅で第2開口部340Baを全周にわたって囲むように形成されており、第1集光レンズ352Aよりもひと回り大きい略ハート形の外形形状を有している。さらに、第3集光レンズ352Cは、第3開口部340Caよりも大きい上下幅で第3開口部340Caを全周にわたって囲むように形成されており、第2集光レンズ352Bよりもひと回り大きい略ハート形の外形形状を有している。 Specifically, the first condensing lens 352A is formed to surround the first opening 340Aa all around the first opening 340Aa with a vertical width larger than the first opening 340Aa, and has a substantially heart-shaped outer shape. ing. Further, the second condenser lens 352B is formed to surround the second aperture 340Ba all around the second aperture 340Ba with a vertical width larger than that of the second aperture 340Ba. It has an external shape of a shape. Furthermore, the third condenser lens 352C is formed to surround the third aperture 340Ca all around the third aperture 340Ca with a vertical width larger than that of the third aperture 340Ca, and has a substantially heart-shaped shape that is one size larger than the second condenser lens 352B. It has an external shape of a shape.
 第1集光レンズ352A~第3集光レンズ352Cの前面および後面の形状は、第一実施形態の場合と同様であるが、第1集光レンズ352Aは、第1集光レンズ352Aの上端縁において第2集光レンズ352Bの下端縁に接続されている。また、第2集光レンズ352Bは、第2集光レンズ352Bの上端縁において第3集光レンズ352Cの下端縁に接続されている。 The shapes of the front and rear surfaces of the first condensing lens 352A to the third condensing lens 352C are the same as those in the first embodiment, but the first condensing lens 352A has an upper edge of the first condensing lens 352A. is connected to the lower edge of the second condenser lens 352B. Further, the second condenser lens 352B is connected to the upper edge of the second condenser lens 352B and to the lower edge of the third condenser lens 352C.
 第1集光レンズ352A~第3集光レンズ352Cは、それぞれ、第1発光素子320A~第3発光素子320Cからの出射光を入射させた後、第1開口部340Aa~第3開口部340Caの方向に収束する光として遮光板340へ向けて出射させるように構成されている。 The first condenser lens 352A to the third condenser lens 352C input the emitted light from the first light emitting element 320A to the third light emitting element 320C, respectively, and then open the first aperture 340Aa to the third aperture 340Ca. The light beam is configured to be emitted toward the light shielding plate 340 as light that converges in the direction.
 本変形例においては、第1開口部340Aa~第3開口部340Caを介して第1投影レンズ部332Aに入射した第1発光素子320A~第3発光素子320Caからの出射光は、第一実施形態の場合と同様、描画用配光パターンPAとして、逆V字形の3つの描画用配光パターンPAa、PAb、PAcを形成する。3つの描画用配光パターンPAa、PAb、PAcは、略同一サイズでかつ直列配置で略等間隔となるように形成されている(図8、9参照)。 In this modification, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 320A to the third light emitting element 320Ca that has entered the first projection lens section 332A through the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca is different from that in the first embodiment. As in the case of , three inverted V-shaped drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc are formed as the drawing light distribution patterns PA. The three drawing light distribution patterns PAa, PAb, and PAc are formed to have substantially the same size and to be arranged in series at substantially equal intervals (see FIGS. 8 and 9).
 本変形例の構成を採用することにより、単一の第1投影レンズ部332Aからの出射光により、第一実施形態の場合と同様の描画用配光パターンを形成することができる。 By adopting the configuration of this modified example, it is possible to form a drawing light distribution pattern similar to that of the first embodiment using light emitted from a single first projection lens portion 332A.
 しかも本変形例においては、V字形に延びる第1集光レンズ352A~第3集光レンズ352Cが上下方向に隣接した状態で配置されている。このため、第1発光素子320A~第3発光素子320Cからの出射光を第1開口部340Aa~第3開口部340Caに効率良く入射させることができる。 Furthermore, in this modification, the first to third condenser lenses 352A to 352C extending in a V-shape are arranged adjacent to each other in the vertical direction. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 320A to the third light emitting element 320C can be made to efficiently enter the first opening 340Aa to the third opening 340Ca.
 第一実施形態およびその変形例に係る描画用灯具は、車載用の灯具であってもよいし、車載用以外の用途に用いられる灯具であってもよい。 The drawing lamp according to the first embodiment and its modifications may be a vehicle-mounted lamp, or a lamp used for purposes other than vehicle-mounted.
 遮光板は、発光素子と投影レンズとの間において、発光素子から投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するように構成されていれば、その具体的な配置は特に限定されるものではない。 The light shielding plate is arranged between the light emitting element and the projection lens so as to block a portion of the light traveling from the light emitting element to the projection lens, and there are no particular limitations on its specific arrangement.
 開口部は、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されていれば、その具体的な開口形状は特に限定されるものではない。V字形の開口形状は、その下側内周縁がV字形に延びるように形成されていれば、開口部の上側の内周縁については必ずしもV字形に延びるように形成されていなくてもよい。 The specific opening shape of the opening is not particularly limited as long as it is formed to have a V-shaped opening. The V-shaped opening does not necessarily have to have a V-shaped upper inner periphery as long as its lower inner periphery extends in a V-shape.
 集光レンズは、灯具正面視において遮光板の開口部と重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されていれば、集光レンズの具体的な配置や形状は特に限定されるものではない。また、集光レンズは、必ずしも遮光板の開口部と完全に重複する位置関係で配置されていなくてもよい。 The specific arrangement and shape of the condenser lens is not particularly limited as long as it is formed to extend in a V-shape overlapping the opening of the light shielding plate when viewed from the front of the lamp. . Moreover, the condensing lens does not necessarily have to be arranged in a positional relationship that completely overlaps the opening of the light shielding plate.
(第二実施形態)
 図14は、本開示の第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具410を示す正面図である。また、図15は、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具410を示す平面図である。図16は、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具410を示す側面図である。さらに、図17は、第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具410における主要構成要素の分解斜視図である。
(Second embodiment)
FIG. 14 is a front view showing a drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure. Further, FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment. FIG. 16 is a side view showing a drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp 410 according to the second embodiment.
 図14~17において、Xで示す方向が「灯具前方」であり、Yで示す方向が「灯具前方」と直交する「左方向」(灯具正面視では「右方向」)であり、Zで示す方向が「上方向」である。図14~17以外の図においても同様である。 In Figures 14 to 17, the direction indicated by The direction is "upward". The same applies to figures other than FIGS. 14 to 17.
 本実施形態に係る描画用灯具410の具体的な構成を説明する前に、その概要について説明する。 Before explaining the specific configuration of the drawing lamp 410 according to this embodiment, we will provide an overview of it.
 図20は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具410が車両500に搭載された状態で示す側面図である。図21は、第一実施形態に係る描画用灯具410が車両500に搭載された状態で示す平面図である。なお、図21は、左側の描画用灯具410が点灯している状態を示している。 FIG. 20 is a side view showing the drawing lamp 410 according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle 500. FIG. 21 is a plan view showing the drawing lamp 410 according to the first embodiment mounted on a vehicle 500. Note that FIG. 21 shows a state in which the drawing lamp 410 on the left side is lit.
 図20および図21に示すように、描画用灯具410は、車両500の前端部における車幅方向側端部に搭載された状態で、車幅方向外側へ向けて斜め下向きに光を照射するように構成されている。描画用灯具410は、フロントターンシグナルランプ(図示せず)の点灯と同期して点灯する。これにより、描画用灯具410は、車両の前方の路面402に描画用配光パターンPA2を形成するように構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, the drawing lamp 410 is mounted on a side end in the vehicle width direction of the front end of the vehicle 500, and is designed to emit light diagonally downward toward the outside in the vehicle width direction. It is composed of The drawing lamp 410 lights up in synchronization with the lighting of a front turn signal lamp (not shown). Thereby, the drawing lamp 410 is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern PA2 on the road surface 402 in front of the vehicle.
 図20および図21に示すように、描画用灯具410が車両500に搭載されている状態では、灯具の正面は、車両の前後方向に対して斜め下向きに傾斜した方向に向くように設けられている。しかしながら、図14~17に示すように、描画用灯具410が単品の状態では、灯具の正面は水平方向を向くように構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, when the drawing lamp 410 is mounted on the vehicle 500, the front of the lamp is oriented diagonally downward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the vehicle. There is. However, as shown in FIGS. 14 to 17, when the drawing lamp 410 is a single item, the front of the lamp is configured to face in the horizontal direction.
 次に、描画用灯具410の具体的な構成について説明する。 Next, the specific configuration of the drawing lamp 410 will be described.
 図18は、図14のXVIII-XVIII線における断面図である。図19は、図14のXIX-XIX線における断面図である。 FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 14. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XIX-XIX in FIG. 14.
 図18および図19にも示すように、描画用灯具410は、発光素子からの出射光を投影レンズ430を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射するように構成されている。描画用灯具410は、発光素子として第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the drawing lamp 410 is configured to emit light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens 430. The drawing lamp 410 includes a first light emitting element 420A and a second light emitting element 420B as light emitting elements.
 投影レンズ430は、同一の構成を有する2つの第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bが左右方向に並んだ状態で配置された構成となっている。これら第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bは、それぞれの光軸Axa2、Axb2がいずれも同じ高さ位置において灯具前後方向に延びるように形成されている。 The projection lens 430 has a configuration in which two first projection lens sections 432A and a second projection lens section 432B having the same configuration are arranged side by side in the left-right direction. The first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are formed such that their respective optical axes Axa2 and Axb2 extend in the lamp longitudinal direction at the same height position.
 第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bは、それぞれの前面432Aa、432Baが凸曲面で構成された平凸レンズであって、灯具正面視において矩形状(具体的には略正方形)の外形形状を有している。第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bは、それぞれのレンズ有効面同士(すなわちレンズ機能を果たす前面432Aa、432Ba同士)が互いに隣接した状態で一体的に形成されている。 The first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are plano-convex lenses whose respective front faces 432Aa, 432Ba are formed from convex curved surfaces, and have a rectangular (specifically, substantially square) outer shape when viewed from the front of the lamp. The first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are integrally formed with their respective effective lens surfaces (i.e. the front faces 432Aa, 432Ba that perform the lens function) adjacent to each other.
 第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bは、それぞれの後面に沿って延びるように形成された外周フランジ部434によって囲まれている。外周フランジ部434の左右両側には1対の取付フランジ部436が形成されている。左右1対の取付フランジ部436は、いずれもL字形の水平断面形状を有している。左右1対の取付フランジ部436は、それぞれの後端面は灯具前後方向と直交する同一平面上に位置するように形成されている。 The first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are surrounded by an outer peripheral flange section 434 formed to extend along the respective rear surfaces. A pair of mounting flanges 436 are formed on both left and right sides of the outer peripheral flange portion 434 . The pair of left and right mounting flange portions 436 each have an L-shaped horizontal cross-sectional shape. The pair of left and right mounting flange portions 436 are formed such that their respective rear end surfaces are located on the same plane orthogonal to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
 第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bは、いずれも白色発光ダイオードであって、矩形状(具体的には正方形)の発光面420aを有している。 The first light-emitting element 420A and the second light-emitting element 420B are both white light-emitting diodes and have a rectangular (specifically, square) light-emitting surface 420a.
 第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bは、それぞれ第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bの灯具後方側に配置された状態で共通の基板422に搭載されている。この基板422は、灯具前後方向と直交する平面に沿って延びるように配置された状態で、ヒートシンク460に支持されている。 The first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B are mounted on a common substrate 422 in a state where they are arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens part 432A and the second projection lens part 432B, respectively. This substrate 422 is supported by a heat sink 460 while being arranged so as to extend along a plane orthogonal to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
 第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bと第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bとの間には、第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bから第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板440が配置されている。遮光板440は、灯具前後方向と直交する平面に沿って延びる薄板で構成されている。 A light shielding plate 440 is disposed between the first light-emitting element 420A and the second light-emitting element 420B and the first projection lens unit 432A and the second projection lens unit 432B to block a portion of the light traveling from the first light-emitting element 420A and the second light-emitting element 420B to the first projection lens unit 432A and the second projection lens unit 432B. The light shielding plate 440 is made of a thin plate extending along a plane perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction of the lamp.
 遮光板440は、左右両端部において投影レンズ430の左右1対の取付フランジ部436に対して灯具後方側から当接した状態で位置決めされている。これにより、遮光板440は、第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bの後側焦点Fa2、Fb2を含む鉛直面に沿って配置されている。 The light shielding plate 440 is positioned so as to be in contact with the pair of right and left mounting flanges 436 of the projection lens 430 from the rear side of the lamp at both left and right ends. Thereby, the light shielding plate 440 is arranged along a vertical plane including the rear focal points Fa2 and Fb2 of the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B.
 遮光板440には、第1投影レンズ部432Aの灯具後方側の部位に2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acが形成されている。また、遮光板440には、第2投影レンズ部432Bの灯具後方側の部位に2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdが形成されている。 Two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are formed in the light shielding plate 440 at a portion on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens portion 432A. Furthermore, two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are formed in the light shielding plate 440 at a portion on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens section 432B.
 図22Aは、描画用灯具410の要部を示す正面図である。 FIG. 22A is a front view showing the main parts of the drawing lamp 410.
 図22Aにおいては、右側(灯具正面視では左側)に位置する第1投影レンズ部432Aの位置に、2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdを平行移動させた状態を2点鎖線で示している。また、左側に位置する第2投影レンズ部432Bの位置に、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acを平行移動させた状態を2点鎖線で示している。 In FIG. 22A, the two-dot chain line shows the state in which the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are moved in parallel to the position of the first projection lens section 432A located on the right side (left side when viewed from the front of the lamp). Further, a state in which the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are moved in parallel to the position of the second projection lens section 432B located on the left side is shown by a two-dot chain line.
 図22Aにも示すように、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは、いずれも灯具正面視においてV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。その際、V字形の開き角度は90~150°程度の値(例えば120°程度の値)に設定されている。 As shown in FIG. 22A, the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are all formed to have a V-shaped opening shape when the lamp is viewed from the front. In this case, the opening angle of the V-shape is set to a value of about 90 to 150° (for example, a value of about 120°).
 第1開口部440Aaおよび第2開口部440Bbにおいて、第1開口部440Aaよりも第2開口部440Bbの方が上方側に位置している。また、第1開口部440Acおよび第2開口部440Bbにおいて、第2開口部440Bbよりも第1開口部440Acの方が上方側に位置している。さらに、第1開口部440Acおよび第2開口部440Bdにおいて、第1開口部440Acよりも第2開口部440Bdの方が上方側に位置している。 Among the first opening 440Aa and the second opening 440Bb, the second opening 440Bb is located higher than the first opening 440Aa. Moreover, in the first opening 440Ac and the second opening 440Bb, the first opening 440Ac is located higher than the second opening 440Bb. Furthermore, in the first opening 440Ac and the second opening 440Bd, the second opening 440Bd is located higher than the first opening 440Ac.
 その際、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは、第1開口部440Aa、第2開口部440Bb、第1開口部440Ac、第2開口部440Bdの順番で、開口部の上下幅が徐々に大きくなるように形成されている。2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは、第1開口部440Aa、第2開口部440Bb、第1開口部440Ac、第2開口部440Bdの順番で、上下方向の間隔が徐々に大きくなるように形成されている。 At this time, the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged in the following order: first opening 440Aa, second opening 440Bb, first opening 440Ac, and second opening 440Bd. , the vertical width of the opening gradually increases. The two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged in the vertical direction in the order of first opening 440Aa, second opening 440Bb, first opening 440Ac, and second opening 440Bd. They are formed so that the distance between them gradually increases.
 そして、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bd全体の配置としては、第1開口部440Acにおける上側内周縁の中央下端位置が第1投影レンズ部432Aの光軸Axa2上に位置するように配置されている。 As for the overall arrangement of the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd, the central lower end position of the upper inner peripheral edge of the first opening 440Ac is the optical axis of the first projection lens section 432A. It is arranged so as to be located above Axa2.
 また、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは、それぞれの左右両側の内周縁が上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びるように形成されている。かつ、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは、それぞれの左右両側の内周縁が左右1対の同一仮想直線上に位置するように形成されている。 Furthermore, the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are formed such that their respective inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction. There is. In addition, the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are formed such that their inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines.
 第1発光素子420Aは、第1投影レンズ部432Aの光軸Axa2よりも下方側に配置されている。第2発光素子420Bは、第2投影レンズ部432Bの光軸Axb2上よりも上方側に配置されている。 The first light-emitting element 420A is disposed below the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens unit 432A. The second light-emitting element 420B is disposed above the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens unit 432B.
 具体的には、第1発光素子420Aは、光軸Axa2よりも下方側において灯具前後方向に延びる第1基準軸線La2上に発光中心が位置するように配置されている、第2発光素子420Bは、光軸Axb2よりも上方側において灯具前後方向に延びる第2基準軸線Lb2上に発光中心が位置するように配置されている。その際、第1基準軸線La2は、遮光板440の第1開口部440Aaにおける下側内周縁の中央下端位置を通る位置に設定されている。また、第2基準軸線Lb2は、遮光板440の第2開口部440Bdにおける下側内周縁の中央下端位置を通る位置に設定されている。 Specifically, the first light emitting element 420A is arranged such that its light emitting center is located on the first reference axis La2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the lamp below the optical axis Axa2, and the second light emitting element 420B is , the light emitting center is positioned on a second reference axis Lb2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the lamp above the optical axis Axb2. At this time, the first reference axis La2 is set at a position passing through the central lower end position of the lower inner peripheral edge of the first opening 440Aa of the light shielding plate 440. Further, the second reference axis Lb2 is set at a position passing through the center lower end position of the lower inner peripheral edge of the second opening 440Bd of the light shielding plate 440.
 第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bは、図示しない電子制御ユニットに接続されており、車両走行状況等に応じて電子制御ユニットによる点消灯制御が行われるようになっている。 The first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B are connected to an electronic control unit (not shown), and are controlled to turn on and off depending on the vehicle running condition and the like.
 基板422と遮光板440との間には、集光レンズアッシー450が配置されている。 A condensing lens assembly 450 is arranged between the substrate 422 and the light shielding plate 440.
 集光レンズアッシー450は、第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bが左右方向に並んだ状態で板状部を介して一体的に形成された構成となっている。第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bは、それぞれの光軸が第1基準軸線La2および第2基準軸線Lb2上に位置するように配置されている。 The condensing lens assembly 450 has a configuration in which a first condensing lens 452A and a second condensing lens 452B are aligned in the left-right direction and are integrally formed via a plate-shaped portion. The first condenser lens 452A and the second condenser lens 452B are arranged such that their respective optical axes are located on the first reference axis La2 and the second reference axis Lb2.
 第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bは、その後面452Ab、452Bbが凸曲面状に形成されている。第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bは、それぞれの前面452Aa、452Baは後面452Ab、452Bbよりは曲率が小さい凸曲面状に形成されている。 The first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B have rear surfaces 452Ab and 452Bb formed in a convex curved shape. The first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B have respective front surfaces 452Aa and 452Ba formed into convex curved surfaces having a smaller curvature than rear surfaces 452Ab and 452Bb.
 これにより、第1集光レンズ452Aは、第1発光素子420Aからの出射光を、第1基準軸線La2と平行な光として遮光板440の第1開口部440Aaに入射させるように構成されている。また、第2集光レンズ452Bは、第2集光レンズ452Bからの出射光を、第2基準軸線Lb2と平行な光として遮光板440の2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdに入射させるように構成されている。 Thereby, the first condensing lens 452A is configured to make the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A enter the first opening 440Aa of the light shielding plate 440 as light parallel to the first reference axis La2. . Further, the second condensing lens 452B makes the light emitted from the second condensing lens 452B enter the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd of the light shielding plate 440 as light parallel to the second reference axis Lb2. It is configured.
 集光レンズアッシー450は、第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bの周囲に位置する板状部の左右両側に1対の取付フランジ部454が形成された構成となっている。左右1対の取付フランジ部454は、L字形の水平断面形状を有している。左右1対の取付フランジ部454の前端面が遮光板440の左右両端部に対して灯具後方側から当接することによって、第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bは第1基準軸線La2および第2基準軸線Lb2上に位置決めされる。 The condensing lens assembly 450 has a configuration in which a pair of mounting flanges 454 are formed on both left and right sides of a plate-shaped portion located around the first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B. The pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 have an L-shaped horizontal cross-sectional shape. The front end surfaces of the pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 abut against both the left and right ends of the light shielding plate 440 from the rear side of the lamp, so that the first condenser lens 452A and the second condenser lens 452B are aligned with the first reference axis La2. and is positioned on the second reference axis Lb2.
 ヒートシンク460は、灯具前後方向と直交する平面に沿って延びる本体部462と、この本体部462から灯具後方へ向けて鉛直面に沿って延びる複数の放熱フィン464と、本体部462の左右両側部に形成された1対の取付フランジ部466とを備えている。 The heat sink 460 comprises a main body 462 extending along a plane perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction of the lamp, a number of heat dissipation fins 464 extending along a vertical plane from the main body 462 toward the rear of the lamp, and a pair of mounting flanges 466 formed on both the left and right sides of the main body 462.
 基板422は、ヒートシンク460の本体部462に対して面接触した状態で、その対角線上の2箇所においてネジ472の締め付けが行われることによって位置決めされ支持されている。 The board 422 is positioned and supported by tightening screws 472 at two diagonal locations while being in surface contact with the main body 462 of the heat sink 460.
 また、投影レンズ430、遮光板440および集光レンズアッシー450は、ヒートシンク460の左右1対の取付フランジ部466に対して、その対角線上の2箇所においてネジ374の締め付けが行われることによって位置決めされ支持されている。ネジ締めは、投影レンズ430の左右1対の取付フランジ部436と遮光板440の左右両端部と集光レンズアッシー450の左右1対の取付フランジ部454とをヒートシンク460の左右1対の取付フランジ部466に重ね合わせた状態で、共締めによって行われている。なお、投影レンズ430の左右1対の取付フランジ部436には、それぞれ位置決めピン436aが形成されている。一方、遮光板440の左右両端部と集光レンズアッシー450の左右1対の取付フランジ部454とヒートシンク460の左右1対の取付フランジ部466には、位置決めピン436aを挿通させるピン挿通孔440a、454a、466aがそれぞれ形成されている。 Furthermore, the projection lens 430, light shielding plate 440, and condensing lens assembly 450 are positioned by tightening the screws 374 at two diagonal locations on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 466 of the heat sink 460. Supported. The screws are tightened by connecting the pair of left and right mounting flanges 436 of the projection lens 430, the left and right ends of the light shielding plate 440, and the pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 of the condensing lens assembly 450 to the pair of left and right mounting flanges of the heat sink 460. This is done by co-tightening with the parts 466 superimposed on each other. Note that positioning pins 436a are formed on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 436 of the projection lens 430, respectively. On the other hand, pin insertion holes 440a into which positioning pins 436a are inserted are provided at both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 440, a pair of left and right mounting flanges 454 of the condenser lens assembly 450, and a pair of left and right mounting flanges 466 of the heat sink 460; 454a and 466a are formed, respectively.
 次に、図20及び図21に示す描画用配光パターンPA2について説明する。 Next, the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 will be described.
 上述したとおり、描画用配光パターンPA2は描画用灯具410からの照射光により形成される。描画用配光パターンPA2は、図20および図21に示すように4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2で構成されている。 As described above, the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 is formed by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 410. The drawing light distribution pattern PA2 is composed of four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2, as shown in FIGS. 20 and 21.
 4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2は、いずれも逆V字形(すなわち灯具前方へ向けて尖った形状)の配光パターンである。4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2は、略同一サイズでかつ直列配置で略等間隔をおいて、それぞれ車両の前方の路面2の遠距離領域、中距離領域、近距離領域および至近距離領域に形成されている。 The four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are all light distribution patterns in an inverted V shape (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp). The four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 have approximately the same size and are arranged in series at approximately equal intervals, and are arranged at long distances on the road surface 2 in front of the vehicle. area, intermediate range area, short range area, and close range area.
 遠距離領域および近距離領域に形成される第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2は、第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が第1投影レンズ部432Aを介して灯具の前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。また、中距離領域および至近距離領域に形成される第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2は、第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が第2投影レンズ部432Bを介して灯具の前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。 The first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 formed in the long-distance area and the short-distance area are formed by emitting light from the first light emitting element 420A toward the front of the lamp via the first projection lens section 432A. This is a light distribution pattern formed by In addition, the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 formed in the intermediate distance region and the close distance region are such that the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B is directed toward the front of the lamp via the second projection lens portion 432B. This is a light distribution pattern formed by irradiation.
 第1描画用配光パターンPAa2は、遮光板440に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部440Aaの反転投影像として形成される。第1開口部440Aaは第1投影レンズ部432Aの光軸Axa2よりもかなり下方側に位置している。このため、第1発光素子420Aからの出射光は光軸Axa2よりもかなり上向きの光として灯具前方へ向けて照射される、これにより、第1描画用配光パターンPAa2は遠距離領域に形成される。 The first drawing light distribution pattern PAa2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 440Aa formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. The first opening 440Aa is located considerably below the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens section 432A. For this reason, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A is irradiated toward the front of the lamp as light that is directed considerably upward relative to the optical axis Axa2. As a result, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa2 is formed in a long distance area. Ru.
 第2描画用配光パターンPAb2は、遮光板440に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第2開口部440Bbの反転投影像として形成される。第2開口部440Bbは第2投影レンズ部432Bの光軸Axb2よりも下方側に位置している。このため、第2発光素子420Bからの出射光は光軸Axb2よりも上向きの光として灯具前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、第2描画用配光パターンPAb2は中距離領域に形成される。 The second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 440Bb, which is formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. The second opening 440Bb is located below the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens portion 432B. Therefore, the light emitted from the second light-emitting element 420B is irradiated toward the front of the lamp as light directed upward from the optical axis Axb2. As a result, the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2 is formed in the mid-distance region.
 第1描画用配光パターンPAc2は、遮光板440に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部440Acの反転投影像として形成される。第1開口部440Acは第1投影レンズ部432Aの光軸Axa2上に略位置している。このため、第1発光素子420Aからの出射光は光軸Axa2と略平行な光として灯具前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、第1描画用配光パターンPAc2は近距離領域に形成される。 The first drawing light distribution pattern PAc2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 440Ac formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. The first opening 440Ac is located approximately on the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens section 432A. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light substantially parallel to the optical axis Axa2. Thereby, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAc2 is formed in a short distance area.
 第2描画用配光パターンPAd2は、遮光板440に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第2開口部440Bdの反転投影像として形成される。この第2開口部440Bdは、第2投影レンズ部432Bの光軸Axb2よりも上方側に位置しているので、第2発光素子420Bからの出射光は光軸Axb2よりも下向きの光として灯具前方へ向けて照射され、これにより第2描画用配光パターンPAd2は至近距離領域に形成される。 The second drawing light distribution pattern PAd2 is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 440Bd formed in the light shielding plate 440 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. Since the second opening 440Bd is located above the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens section 432B, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B is forward of the lamp as light directed downward from the optical axis Axb2. The second drawing light distribution pattern PAd2 is thereby formed in a close range area.
 その際、第1発光素子420Aからの出射光は両凸レンズ状の第1集光レンズ452Aによって効率良く第1開口部440Aa、440Acに入射する。このため、第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2はその明るさが十分に確保される。また、第2発光素子420Bからの出射光は両凸レンズ状の第2集光レンズ452Bによって効率良く第2開口部4440Bb、440Bdに入射する。このため、第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2はその明るさが十分に確保される。 At that time, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A efficiently enters the first openings 440Aa and 440Ac by the first condenser lens 452A having a biconvex lens shape. Therefore, sufficient brightness of the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 is ensured. Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B efficiently enters the second openings 4440Bb and 440Bd by the second condensing lens 452B having a biconvex lens shape. Therefore, sufficient brightness of the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 is ensured.
 4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2は略同一サイズで形成される。これは、第1開口部440Aa、第2開口部440Bb、第1開口部440Ac、第2開口部440Bdの上下幅がこの順番で大きくなっており、また、その左右両側の内周縁が上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びるように形成されており、かつ、その左右両側の内周縁が左右1対の同一仮想直線上に位置していることによるものである。 The four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are formed to have substantially the same size. This is because the vertical widths of the first opening 440Aa, second opening 440Bb, first opening 440Ac, and second opening 440Bd increase in this order, and the inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides thereof are directed upward. This is because the inner peripheral edges on both the left and right sides are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines.
 次に本実施形態の作用について説明する。 Next, the operation of this embodiment will be explained.
 本実施形態に係る描画用灯具410は、第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bからの出射光を遮光板440および投影レンズ430を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより描画用配光パターンPA2を形成する構成となっている。投影レンズ430は第1投影レンズ部432Aと第2投影レンズ部432Bとが左右方向(灯具前後方向と交差する所要方向)に並んだ状態で配置された構成となっている。また、遮光板440における第1投影レンズ部432Aの灯具後方側には上下方向(上記所要方向と交差する方向)に間隔をおいて2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acが形成されている。第2投影レンズ部432Bの灯具後方側には上下方向に間隔をおいて2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdが形成されている。さらに、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acの灯具後方側には第1発光素子420Aが配置されるとともに2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdの灯具後方側には第2発光素子420Bが配置されている。 The drawing lamp 410 according to the present embodiment distributes light for drawing by irradiating the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B toward the front of the lamp through the light shielding plate 440 and the projection lens 430. The structure is such that a pattern PA2 is formed. The projection lens 430 has a configuration in which a first projection lens section 432A and a second projection lens section 432B are arranged side by side in the left-right direction (a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp). Furthermore, two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are formed at the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 432A in the light shielding plate 440 at intervals in the vertical direction (direction intersecting the above-mentioned required direction). Two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens section 432B with an interval in the vertical direction. Further, a first light emitting element 420A is arranged on the rear side of the lamp between the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac, and a second light emitting element 420B is arranged on the rear side of the lamp between the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. ing.
 2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acを介して第1投影レンズ部432Aに入射した第1発光素子420Aからの出射光によって、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acの反転投影像として2つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2が形成される。また、2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdを介して第2投影レンズ部432Bに入射した第2発光素子420Bからの出射光によって、2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdの反転投影像として2つの第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2が形成される。これにより、他の車両や歩行者等に注意喚起を促すことができる。 By the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A that enters the first projection lens section 432A through the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac, two first Drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 are formed. Furthermore, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B that enters the second projection lens section 432B through the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd produces two inverted projected images of the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. Second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 are formed. This allows other vehicles, pedestrians, etc. to be alerted.
 その上で、2つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2の各々と2つの第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2の各々とが直列配置で交互に形成されるように、第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acの配置ならびに第2投影レンズ部432Bおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdの配置が設定されている。 The first projection lens section 432A and the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac, as well as the second projection lens section 432B and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged so that the two first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the two second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are alternately formed in a series arrangement.
 2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acは第1投影レンズ部432Aの灯具後方側に形成されている。2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは第2投影レンズ部の灯具後方側に形成されている。このため、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Ac相互の間隔および2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bd相互の間隔を極端に狭くする必要がなくなる。 The two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section 432A. Two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens section. Therefore, there is no need to make the distance between the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the distance between the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd extremely narrow.
 したがって、遮光板440が設けられていても、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Ac同士の間に位置する部分および2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bd同士の間に位置する部分の剛性が低下しにくくなる。これにより、描画用配光パターンPA2を構成する4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2を互いに近接した状態で直列に形成することができる。 Therefore, even if the light shielding plate 440 is provided, the rigidity of the portion located between the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the portion located between the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd is reduced. It becomes difficult. Thereby, the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 constituting the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 can be formed in series in close proximity to each other.
 このように本実施形態によれば、描画用配光パターンPA2を形成するように構成された描画用灯具410において、描画用配光パターンPA2として4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2を互いに近接した状態で直列に形成することができる。これにより、周囲への注意喚起機能に優れた描画用配光パターンを形成することができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, in the drawing lamp 410 configured to form the drawing light distribution pattern PA2, the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2, and The second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 can be formed in series in close proximity to each other. Thereby, it is possible to form a drawing light distribution pattern that has an excellent function of calling attention to the surroundings.
 また本実施形態においては、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdが上下方向に間隔をおいて配置されているので、2つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および2つの第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2を灯具照射方向に沿った方向に直列配置で形成することができ、これにより周囲への注意喚起効果をさらに高めることができる。 Further, in this embodiment, since the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are arranged at intervals in the vertical direction, the two first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 , PAc2 and the two second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 can be formed in series in the direction along the lamp irradiation direction, thereby further enhancing the effect of calling attention to the surroundings.
 本実施形態の描画用灯具410において、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440BdがいずれもV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。このため、発光素子からの出射し2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdを通る光は、反転投影像として4つの逆V字形の第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2を直列配置で形成する。これにより、周囲へ注意喚起効果をさらに高めることができる。 In the drawing lamp 410 of this embodiment, the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd are both formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. Therefore, the light emitted from the light emitting element and passing through the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd forms the four inverted V-shaped first drawing light distribution patterns as an inverted projection image. PAa2, PAc2 and second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are formed in series. Thereby, the effect of calling attention to the surroundings can be further enhanced.
 また、このように4つの逆V字形の第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2を直列配置で形成するようにした場合には、本実施形態の構成が採用されることが望ましい。この点について詳述すると以下のとおりである。 Furthermore, when the four inverted V-shaped first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are formed in series, the configuration of this embodiment is It is desirable that it be adopted. This point will be explained in detail below.
 図22Bは、比較例に係る描画用灯具を示す正面図である。図22Bは、描画用灯具を図22Aと同様の向きから見た正面図である。 FIG. 22B is a front view showing a drawing lamp according to a comparative example. FIG. 22B is a front view of the drawing lamp viewed from the same direction as FIG. 22A.
 図22Bに示すように、本比較例においては、本実施形態の第1投影レンズ部432Aと同様の構成を有する投影レンズ部432´の灯具の後方側に、本実施形態の遮光板440の代わりに、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている4つの開口部440a´、440b´、440c´、440d´が上下方向に間隔をおいて形成された遮光板440´が配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 22B, in this comparative example, instead of the light shielding plate 440 of this embodiment, a projection lens section 432' having the same configuration as the first projection lens section 432A of this embodiment is provided on the rear side of the lamp. A light shielding plate 440' is disposed in which four openings 440a', 440b', 440c', and 440d' each having a V-shaped opening are formed at intervals in the vertical direction. .
 その際、4つの開口部440a´、440b´、440c´、440d´は、本実施形態の第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび第2開口部440Bb、440Bdとそれぞれ同一の開口形状となるように形成されている。 At that time, the four openings 440a', 440b', 440c', and 440d' are formed to have the same opening shape as the first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the second openings 440Bb, 440Bd of this embodiment, respectively. has been done.
 また本比較例においては、投影レンズ部432´の光軸Ax2´上に発光素子420´が配置されている。また、発光素子420´からの出射光を4つの開口部440a´~440d´に入射させるための集光レンズ452´が光軸Ax2´上に配置されている。 Furthermore, in this comparative example, the light emitting element 420' is arranged on the optical axis Ax2' of the projection lens section 432'. Further, a condenser lens 452' for making the light emitted from the light emitting element 420' enter the four openings 440a' to 440d' is arranged on the optical axis Ax2'.
 本比較例のような遮光板440´が採用される場合には、4つの開口部440a´~440d´相互間に位置する部分が細幅でV字形に延びるように形成される。このため、遮光板440´の剛性を確保することが困難になってしまう。 When a light shielding plate 440' like this comparative example is employed, the portions located between the four openings 440a' to 440d' are formed to have a narrow width and extend in a V-shape. For this reason, it becomes difficult to ensure the rigidity of the light shielding plate 440'.
 これに対し、図22Aに示すように、本実施形態の遮光板440においては、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Ac同士の間隔および2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bd同士の間隔が十分に確保されている。このため、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Ac同士の間の部分および2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bd同士の間の部分の剛性を十分に確保することができる。 In contrast, as shown in FIG. 22A, in the light shielding plate 440 of this embodiment, the distance between the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the distance between the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are sufficiently ensured. This makes it possible to ensure sufficient rigidity in the portion between the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the portion between the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd.
 さらに本実施形態においては、第1発光素子420Aと遮光板440との間に、第1発光素子420Aからの出射光を2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acへ向けて集光させるための第1集光レンズ452Aが配置されている。第2発光素子420Bと遮光板440との間に、第2発光素子420Bからの出射光を2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdへ向けて集光させるための第2集光レンズ452Bが配置されている。このため、4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2をより明るく均一な配光パターンとして形成することができる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, a first light emitting element is provided between the first light emitting element 420A and the light shielding plate 440 for condensing the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A toward the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac. A condensing lens 452A is arranged. A second condensing lens 452B is arranged between the second light emitting element 420B and the light shielding plate 440 to condense the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B toward the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. ing. Therefore, the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 can be formed as brighter and more uniform light distribution patterns.
 第二実施形態においては、遮光板440に形成された2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440BdがいずれもV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。しかしながら、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdは、これ以外の開口形状(例えば下向き矢印や逆台形等の開口形状)を有してもよい。 In the second embodiment, the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd formed in the light shielding plate 440 are both formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. However, the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd may have other opening shapes (for example, opening shapes such as a downward arrow or an inverted trapezoid).
 第二実施形態においては、第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が、第1集光レンズ452Aおよび第2集光レンズ452Bを介して2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdに入射する。しかしながら、第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdに直接入射するように描画用灯具が構成されてもよい。 In the second embodiment, the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B passes through the first condensing lens 452A and the second condensing lens 452B to the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and The light enters the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd. However, the drawing lamp is configured such that the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B directly enters the two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd. Good too.
 第二実施形態においては、遮光板440における第1投影レンズ部432Aの灯具後方側に2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acが形成されている、。第2投影レンズ部432Bの灯具後方側に2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdが形成されている。しかしながら、第2投影レンズ部432Bの灯具後方側に単一の第2開口部440Bbのみが形成されていてもよい。 In the second embodiment, two first openings 440Aa, 440Ac are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens portion 432A in the light shielding plate 440. Two second openings 440Bb, 440Bd are formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens portion 432B. However, only a single second opening 440Bb may be formed on the rear side of the lamp of the second projection lens portion 432B.
 第二実施形態においては、第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bとして、それぞれの光軸Axa2、Axb2がいずれも同じ高さ位置において灯具前後方向に延びるように形成されている。しかしながら、これ以外の構成が採用されてもよい。例えば、第1投影レンズ部432Aの光軸Axa2が第2投影レンズ部432Bの光軸Axb2よりも上向きに延びるように形成されていてもよい。 In the second embodiment, the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B are formed such that their respective optical axes Axa2 and Axb2 extend in the front-rear direction of the lamp at the same height position. However, other configurations may be adopted. For example, the optical axis Axa2 of the first projection lens section 432A may be formed to extend upward more than the optical axis Axb2 of the second projection lens section 432B.
 第二実施形態においては、第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bの発光色が白色であるものとして説明したが、これ以外の発光色(例えばアンバー色や赤色等)を採用することも可能である。 In the second embodiment, the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B have been described as emitting white light, but it is also possible to adopt other light emitting colors (for example, amber or red). It is.
 第二実施形態においては、描画用灯具410が車両500の前端部における車幅方向側端部に搭載されるものとして説明したが、車両500の後端部や側面部等に搭載される構成とすることも可能である。 In the second embodiment, the drawing lamp 410 has been described as being mounted on the side end in the vehicle width direction of the front end of the vehicle 500, but it may also be mounted on the rear end, side surface, etc. of the vehicle 500. It is also possible to do so.
 第二実施形態においては、描画用灯具410からの照射光によって車両の前方の路面402に描画用配光パターンPA2を形成するものとして説明したが、灯具の前方に配置された壁面や灯具前方へ向けて延びる壁面等に描画用配光パターンを形成する構成とすることも可能である。 In the second embodiment, the drawing light distribution pattern PA2 is formed on the road surface 402 in front of the vehicle by the light emitted from the drawing lamp 410, but it is also possible to configure the drawing light distribution pattern to be formed on a wall surface located in front of the lamp or a wall surface extending toward the front of the lamp.
 次に、第二実施形態の変形例について説明する。 Next, a modification of the second embodiment will be described.
 まず、第二実施形態の第1変形例について説明する。 First, a first modification of the second embodiment will be described.
 図23は、第二実施形態の第1変形例に係る描画用灯具510の要部を示す正面図である。図23は、図22Aと同様の方向から描画用灯具510を見た図である。また、図24Aは、図23のXXIVa-XXIVa線断面図であり、図24Bは、図23のXXIVb-XXIVb線断面図である。 FIG. 23 is a front view showing the main parts of the drawing lamp 510 according to the first modification of the second embodiment. FIG. 23 is a diagram of the drawing lamp 510 viewed from the same direction as FIG. 22A. 24A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIVa-XXIVa in FIG. 23, and FIG. 24B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIVb-XXIVb in FIG.
 図23、図24Aおよび図24Bに示すように、本変形例の基本的な構成は第二実施形態の場合と同様であるが、第1発光素子420Aおよび第2発光素子420Bの数および配置が第二実施形態の場合と一部異なっている。 As shown in FIGS. 23, 24A, and 24B, the basic configuration of this modification is the same as that of the second embodiment, but the number and arrangement of the first light emitting element 420A and the second light emitting element 420B are different. This is partially different from the second embodiment.
 本変形例においては、遮光板440に形成された2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acの各々の灯具後方側に第1発光素子420Aがそれぞれ配置されている。2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdの各々の灯具後方側に第2発光素子420Bがそれぞれ配置されている。 In this modification, a first light emitting element 420A is arranged on the rear side of each of the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac formed in the light shielding plate 440. A second light emitting element 420B is arranged on the rear side of each of the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd.
 具体的には、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acの灯具後方側に配置された2つの第1発光素子420Aは、それぞれの発光中心が灯具正面視において各第1開口部440Aa、440Acにおける上側内周縁の中央下端位置に位置するように配置されている。また、2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdの灯具後方側に配置された2つの第2発光素子420Bは、それぞれの発光中心が灯具正面視において各第2開口部440Bb、440Bdにおける上側内周縁の中央下端位置に位置するように配置されている。 Specifically, the two first light emitting elements 420A arranged on the rear side of the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac have their respective light emission centers located above the first openings 440Aa and 440Ac when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is arranged so as to be located at the center lower end position of the inner peripheral edge. In addition, the two second light emitting elements 420B arranged on the rear side of the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd have their respective light emitting centers located at the upper inner periphery of the second openings 440Bb and 440Bd when viewed from the front of the lamp. It is arranged so as to be located at the center lower end position.
 これにより本変形例においては、下側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が第1集光レンズ452Aを介して第1開口部440Aaに効率良く入射する。上側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が第1集光レンズ452Aを介して第1開口部440Acに効率良く入射する。また、下側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が第2集光レンズ452Bを介して第2開口部440Bbに効率良く入射する。上側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が第2集光レンズ452Bを介して第2開口部440Bdに効率良く入射する。 Thereby, in this modification, the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side efficiently enters the first opening 440Aa via the first condensing lens 452A. Emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side efficiently enters the first opening 440Ac via the first condenser lens 452A. Furthermore, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side efficiently enters the second opening 440Bb via the second condenser lens 452B. Emitted light from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side efficiently enters the second opening 440Bd via the second condenser lens 452B.
 本変形例の構成が採用されることにより、2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acを介して第1投影レンズ部432Aに入射する光量が増大する。このため、遠距離領域および近距離領域に形成される第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2(図20、21参照)の明るさを確保することが容易となる。また、2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdを介して第2投影レンズ部432Bに入射する光量が増大する。このため、中距離領域および至近距離領域に形成される第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2の明るさを確保することが容易となる。 By adopting the configuration of this modification, the amount of light that enters the first projection lens section 432A through the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac increases. Therefore, it becomes easy to ensure the brightness of the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 (see FIGS. 20 and 21) formed in the long-distance area and the short-distance area. Furthermore, the amount of light that enters the second projection lens section 432B via the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd increases. Therefore, it becomes easy to ensure the brightness of the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2 and PAd2 formed in the intermediate distance area and the close distance area.
 次に、上記実施形態の第2変形例について説明する。 Next, a second modification of the above embodiment will be described.
 図25Aおよび図25Bは、第二実施形態の第2変形例に係る描画用灯具610の要部を示す、図25Aおよび図25Bは、それぞれ図24Aおよび図24Bと同様の断面を例示する断面図である。 25A and 25B show main parts of a drawing lamp 610 according to a second modification of the second embodiment, and FIGS. 25A and 25B are sectional views illustrating the same cross section as FIGS. 24A and 24B, respectively. It is.
 図25Aおよび図25Bに示すように、本変形例の基本的な構成は第1変形例の場合と同様であるが、基板422と遮光板440との間に導光体680が配置されている点で第1変形例の場合と異なっている。 As shown in FIGS. 25A and 25B, the basic configuration of this modification is the same as that of the first modification, except that a light guide 680 is disposed between the substrate 422 and the light shielding plate 440. This differs from the first modification in this point.
 すなわち本変形例においては、第1変形例の集光レンズアッシー450の代わりに導光体680が基板422と遮光板440との間に配置されている。導光体680は、遮光板440の後面に沿って延びるように形成された板状部682と、板状部682の後面から灯具後方へ向けて突出するように形成された4つの導光部684Aa、684Ac、684Bb、684Bdとを備えている。 In other words, in this modified example, a light guide 680 is disposed between the substrate 422 and the light shielding plate 440, instead of the focusing lens assembly 450 of the first modified example. The light guide 680 includes a plate-shaped portion 682 formed to extend along the rear surface of the light shielding plate 440, and four light guide portions 684Aa, 684Ac, 684Bb, and 684Bd formed to protrude from the rear surface of the plate-shaped portion 682 toward the rear of the lamp.
 4つの導光部684Aa~684Bdは、遮光板440に形成された2つの第1開口部440Aa、440Acおよび2つの第2開口部440Bb、440Bdに対応する位置に形成されている。 The four light guide portions 684Aa to 684Bd are formed at positions corresponding to the two first openings 440Aa and 440Ac and the two second openings 440Bb and 440Bd formed in the light shielding plate 440.
 具体的には、導光部684Aaは、下側に位置する第1発光素子420Aから第1開口部440Aaへ向かって拡がるように形成されている。導光部684Aaは、台形状の鉛直断面形状を有しており、その後端面は下側に位置する第1発光素子420Aの前方近傍に位置している。また、導光部684Aaの前端縁は、第1開口部440Aaを囲む位置において板状部682に接続されている。 Specifically, the light-guiding portion 684Aa is formed so as to expand from the first light-emitting element 420A located below toward the first opening 440Aa. The light-guiding portion 684Aa has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and its rear end face is located near the front of the first light-emitting element 420A located below. In addition, the front edge of the light-guiding portion 684Aa is connected to the plate-shaped portion 682 at a position surrounding the first opening 440Aa.
 導光部684Acは、上側に位置する第1発光素子420Aから第1開口部440Acへ向かって拡がるように形成されている。導光部684Acは、台形状の鉛直断面形状を有しており、その後端面は上側に位置する第1発光素子420Aの前方近傍に位置している。また、導光部684Acの前端縁は、第1開口部440Acを囲む位置において板状部682に接続されている。 The light guide portion 684Ac is formed to expand from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side toward the first opening portion 440Ac. The light guide portion 684Ac has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and the rear end surface is located near the front of the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side. Further, the front end edge of the light guide section 684Ac is connected to the plate-like section 682 at a position surrounding the first opening section 440Ac.
 導光部684Bbは、下側に位置する第2発光素子420Bから第2開口部440Bbへ向かって拡がるように形成されている。導光部684Bbは、台形状の鉛直断面形状を有しており、その後端面は下側に位置する第2発光素子420Bの前方近傍に位置している。また、導光部684Bbの前端縁は、第2開口部440Bbを囲む位置において板状部282に接続されている。 The light guide portion 684Bb is formed to expand from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side toward the second opening portion 440Bb. The light guide portion 684Bb has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and its rear end surface is located near the front of the second light emitting element 420B located below. Further, the front edge of the light guide section 684Bb is connected to the plate-like section 282 at a position surrounding the second opening section 440Bb.
 導光部684Bdは、上側に位置する第2発光素子420Bから第2開口部440Bdへ向かって拡がるように形成されている。導光部684Bdは、台形状の鉛直断面形状を有しており、その後端面は上側に位置する第2発光素子420Bの前方近傍に位置している。また、導光部684Bdの前端縁は、第2開口部440Bdを囲む位置において板状部682に接続されている。 The light guide portion 684Bd is formed to expand from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side toward the second opening portion 440Bd. The light guide portion 684Bd has a trapezoidal vertical cross-sectional shape, and its rear end surface is located near the front of the second light emitting element 420B located above. Further, the front edge of the light guide section 684Bd is connected to the plate-like section 682 at a position surrounding the second opening section 440Bd.
 これにより本変形例においては、下側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が、導光部684Aaに対してその後端面から入射した後、直接または導光部684Aaの周壁面で全反射してから第1開口部440Aaに入射する。また、上側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が、導光部684Acに対してその後端面から入射した後、直接または導光部684Acの周壁面で全反射してから第1開口部440Acに入射する。 As a result, in this modification, after the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side enters the light guide section 684Aa from the rear end surface, it is totally reflected directly or on the peripheral wall surface of the light guide section 684Aa. After that, the light enters the first opening 440Aa. Further, after the emitted light from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side enters the light guide section 684Ac from the rear end surface, it is directly reflected or completely reflected on the peripheral wall surface of the light guide section 684Ac, and then the light is emitted from the first opening. 440Ac.
 同様に、下側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が、導光部684Bbに対してその後端面から入射した後、直接または導光部684Bbの周壁面で全反射してから第2開口部440Bbに入射する。また、上側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が、導光部684Bdに対してその後端面から入射した後、直接または導光部684Bdの周壁面で全反射してから第2開口部440Bdに入射する。 Similarly, after the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side enters the light guide section 684Bb from the rear end surface, it is directly reflected or completely reflected on the peripheral wall surface of the light guide section 684Bb, and then the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side enters the light guide section 684Bb from the rear end surface. The light enters the opening 440Bb. Further, after the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side enters the light guide section 684Bd from the rear end surface, it is directly or completely reflected on the peripheral wall surface of the light guide section 684Bd and then enters the second opening. 440Bd.
 本変形例の構成が採用されることにより、次のような作用効果を得ることができる。 By adopting the configuration of this modification, the following effects can be obtained.
 すなわち、下側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光は、導光部684Aaを介して第1開口部440Aaに効率良く入射できる。また、上側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光は、導光部684Acを介して第1開口部440Acに効率良く入射できる。 That is, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side can efficiently enter the first opening 440Aa via the light guide section 684Aa. Furthermore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side can efficiently enter the first opening 440Ac via the light guide 684Ac.
 同様に、下側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が、導光部684Bbを介して第2開口部440Bbに効率良く入射できる。また、上側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光は、導光部684Bdを介して第2開口部440Bdに効率良く入射できる。 Similarly, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side can efficiently enter the second opening 440Bb via the light guide 684Bb. Furthermore, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side can efficiently enter the second opening 440Bd via the light guide section 684Bd.
 したがって本変形例においても、第1変形例の場合と同様、第1投影レンズ部432Aおよび第2投影レンズ部432Bに入射する光量を増大させることができる。これにより遠距離領域および近距離領域に形成される第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2ならびに中距離領域に形成される第2描画用配光パターンPAb2および至近距離領域に形成される第2描画用配光パターンPAd2(図20、21参照)の明るさを確保することが容易となる。 Therefore, in this modification as well, as in the case of the first modification, it is possible to increase the amount of light incident on the first projection lens section 432A and the second projection lens section 432B. As a result, the first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2 and PAc2 are formed in the long distance area and the short distance area, the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2 is formed in the middle distance area, and the second drawing light distribution pattern is formed in the close distance area. It becomes easy to ensure the brightness of the light distribution pattern PAd2 (see FIGS. 20 and 21).
 しかも本変形例においては、下側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が上側に位置する第1開口部440Acに入射しにくくなる。また、上側に位置する第1発光素子420Aからの出射光が下側に位置する第1開口部440Aaに入射しにくくなる。同様に、下側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が上側に位置する第2開口部440Bdに入射しにくくなる。また、上側に位置する第2発光素子420Bからの出射光が下側に位置する第2開口部440Bbに入射しにくくなる。 Moreover, in this modification, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the lower side becomes difficult to enter the first opening 440Ac located on the upper side. Furthermore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 420A located on the upper side becomes difficult to enter the first opening 440Aa located on the lower side. Similarly, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the lower side becomes difficult to enter the second opening 440Bd located on the upper side. Further, the light emitted from the second light emitting element 420B located on the upper side becomes difficult to enter the second opening 440Bb located on the lower side.
 したがって、2つの第1発光素子420Aおよび2つの第2発光素子420Bの各々を個別に点灯させることにより、4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2を個別に形成することが可能となる。したがって、描画用配光パターンPA2として4つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa2、PAc2および第2描画用配光パターンPAb2、PAd2が同時に形成されるモードとこれらが個別に形成されるモードとを選択することが可能となる。 Therefore, by individually lighting each of the two first light emitting elements 420A and the two second light emitting elements 420B, the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and the second drawing light distribution patterns PAb2, PAd2 are generated. can be formed individually. Therefore, as the drawing light distribution pattern PA2, a mode in which the four first drawing light distribution patterns PAa2, PAc2 and a second drawing light distribution pattern PAb2, PAd2 are formed simultaneously and a mode in which these are formed individually are selected. It becomes possible to do so.
 第二実施形態に係る描画用灯具は、車載用の灯具であってもよいし、車載用以外の用途に用いられる灯具であってもよい。 The drawing lamp according to the second embodiment may be an in-vehicle lamp, or may be a lamp used for purposes other than in-vehicle use.
 遮光板は、発光素子と投影レンズとの間において、発光素子から投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するように構成されていれば、その具体的な配置は特に限定されるものではない。 The specific arrangement of the light-shielding plate is not particularly limited as long as it is configured between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens.
 第1投影レンズ部および複数の第1開口部の配置ならびに第2投影レンズ部および少なくとも1つの第2開口部の配置は、「複数の第1描画用配光パターンの各々」と「少なくとも1つの第2描画用配光パターンの各々」とを直列配置で交互に形成することが可能な配置であれば、その具体的な配置は特に限定されるものではない。 The arrangement of the first projection lens section and the plurality of first apertures and the arrangement of the second projection lens section and at least one second aperture are defined as "each of the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns" and "at least one The specific arrangement is not particularly limited as long as it is possible to alternately form the "second drawing light distribution patterns" in series.
 例えば、これを実現するための構成として、第1投影レンズ部の光軸と第2投影レンズ部の光軸とが平行にとなるように、第1投影レンズ部と第2投影レンズとは配置される。第1投影レンズ部と第2投影レンズとは、所要方向と交差する方向に関して複数の第1開口部の第1投影レンズ部の光軸からの変位量と少なくとも1つの第2開口部の第2投影レンズ部の光軸からの変位量とが互いに異なる値に設定されてもよい。第1投影レンズ部と第2投影レンズとは、所要方向と交差する方向に関して複数の第1開口部の第1投影レンズ部の光軸からの変位量と少なくとも1つの第2開口部の第2投影レンズ部の光軸からの変位量とが同じ値に設定されてもよい。第1投影レンズ部と第2投影レンズとは、所要方向と交差する方向に関して第1投影レンズ部の光軸と第2投影レンズ部の光軸とが互いに異なる傾斜角度で配置されてもよい。 For example, as a configuration for realizing this, the first projection lens section and the second projection lens are arranged so that the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the optical axis of the second projection lens section are parallel to each other. be done. The first projection lens section and the second projection lens are arranged such that the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section in a direction intersecting with the required direction and the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the second The amount of displacement of the projection lens section from the optical axis may be set to different values. The first projection lens section and the second projection lens are arranged such that the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section in a direction intersecting with the required direction and the amount of displacement of the plurality of first apertures from the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the second The amount of displacement of the projection lens section from the optical axis may be set to the same value. The first projection lens section and the second projection lens may be arranged at different inclination angles between the optical axis of the first projection lens section and the optical axis of the second projection lens section in a direction intersecting the desired direction.
 以下、図面を用いて、本開示の実施の形態について説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present disclosure will be described using the drawings.
(第三実施形態)
 図26は、本開示の第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具710を示す正面図である。また、図27は、図26のXXVII-XXVII線における断面図である。図28は、図26のXXVIII-XXVIII線における断面図である。さらに、図29は、第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具710を主要構成要素の分解斜視図である。
Third Embodiment
Fig. 26 is a front view showing a drawing lamp 710 according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure. Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVII-XXVII in Fig. 26. Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIII-XXVIII in Fig. 26. Fig. 29 is an exploded perspective view of the main components of the drawing lamp 710 according to the third embodiment.
 図26~図29において、Xで示す方向が「灯具前方」であり、Yで示す方向が「灯具前方」と直交する「左方向」(灯具正面視では「右方向」)であり、Zで示す方向が「上方向」である。図26~図29以外の図においても同様である。 In FIGS. 26 to 29, the direction indicated by The direction shown is "upward". The same applies to figures other than FIGS. 26 to 29.
 本実施形態に係る描画用灯具710の具体的な構成を説明する前に、その概要について説明する。 Before explaining the specific configuration of the drawing lamp 710 according to this embodiment, its outline will be explained.
 図30は、第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具710が車両800に搭載された状態で示す側面図である。図31は、第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具710が車両800に搭載された状態で示す平面図である。なお、図31は、左側の描画用灯具710が点灯している状態を示している。 FIG. 30 is a side view showing a drawing lamp 710 according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle 800. FIG. 31 is a plan view showing a drawing lamp 710 according to the third embodiment mounted on a vehicle 800. Note that FIG. 31 shows a state in which the drawing lamp 710 on the left side is lit.
 図30および図31に示すように、描画用灯具710は、車両800の前端部における車幅方向側端部に搭載された状態で、車幅方向外側へ向けて斜め下向きに光を照射するように構成されている。その際、描画用灯具710は、フロントターンシグナルランプ(図示せず)の点灯と同期して点灯する。これにより、描画用灯具710は、車両の前方の路面702に描画用配光パターンPA3を形成するように構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the drawing lamp 710 is mounted on the front end of the vehicle 800 at the side end in the vehicle width direction, and is designed to emit light diagonally downward toward the outside in the vehicle width direction. It is composed of At this time, the drawing lamp 710 is turned on in synchronization with the lighting of the front turn signal lamp (not shown). Thereby, the drawing lamp 710 is configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern PA3 on the road surface 702 in front of the vehicle.
 図30および図31に示すように、描画用灯具710が車両800に搭載されている状態では、灯具の正面は車両の前後方向に対して斜め下向きに傾斜した方向を向くように設けられている。しかしながら、図26~図29に示すように、描画用灯具710が単品の状態では、灯具前方は水平方向を向くように構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, when the drawing lamp 710 is mounted on the vehicle 800, the front of the lamp is oriented diagonally downward with respect to the longitudinal direction of the vehicle. . However, as shown in FIGS. 26 to 29, when the drawing lamp 710 is a single item, the front of the lamp is configured to face in the horizontal direction.
 次に、描画用灯具710の具体的な構成について説明する。 Next, the specific configuration of the drawing lamp 710 will be described.
 図27および図28に示すように、描画用灯具710は、発光素子からの出射光を投影レンズ730を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射するように構成されている。描画用灯具710は、発光素子として3つの第1発光素子720A、第2発光素子720Bおよび第3発光素子720Cを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the drawing lamp 710 is configured to emit light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens 730. The drawing lamp 710 includes three light emitting elements: a first light emitting element 720A, a second light emitting element 720B, and a third light emitting element 720C.
 投影レンズ730は、レンズ本体部732と外周フランジ部734と左右1対の取付フランジ部736とを備えている。 The projection lens 730 comprises a lens body 732, an outer peripheral flange 734, and a pair of left and right mounting flanges 736.
 レンズ本体部732は、レンズ本体部732の前面732aが凸曲面で構成された平凸レンズであって、灯具の前後方向に延びる光軸Ax3を有している。レンズ本体部732は、灯具正面視において矩形状(具体的には正方形)の外形形状を有しており、外周フランジ部734によって囲まれている。 The lens body 732 is a plano-convex lens in which the front surface 732a of the lens body 732 is a convex curved surface, and has an optical axis Ax3 extending in the front-to-rear direction of the lamp. The lens body 732 has a rectangular (specifically, square) outer shape when viewed from the front of the lamp, and is surrounded by an outer peripheral flange portion 734.
 外周フランジ部734は、レンズ本体部732の後面に沿って延びるようにして形成されている。左右1対の取付フランジ部736は、外周フランジ部734の左右両側において、L字形の水平断面形状で灯具後方へ向けて延びるように形成されている。左右1対の取付フランジ部736の後端面は、灯具の前後方向と直交する鉛直面上に位置している。 The outer peripheral flange portion 734 is formed to extend along the rear surface of the lens body portion 732. The pair of left and right mounting flange portions 736 are formed on both left and right sides of the outer peripheral flange portion 734 to have an L-shaped horizontal cross section and extend toward the rear of the lamp. The rear end surfaces of the pair of left and right mounting flange portions 736 are located on a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp.
 第第1発光素子720A、第2発光素子720Bおよび第3発光素子720Cは、いずれも白色発光ダイオードであって、矩形状(具体的には正方形)の発光面720aを有している。 The first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C are all white light emitting diodes and have a rectangular (specifically square) light emitting surface 720a.
 第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cは、レンズ本体部732の灯具後方側に配置された状態で共通の基板722に搭載されている。基板722は、灯具の前後方向と直交する鉛直面に沿って延びるように配置された状態で、ヒートシンク760に支持されている。 The first light-emitting element 720A to the third light-emitting element 720C are mounted on a common substrate 722, arranged on the rear side of the lamp of the lens body 732. The substrate 722 is supported by a heat sink 760, arranged so as to extend along a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction of the lamp.
 第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cと投影レンズ730との間には、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cから投影レンズ730のレンズ本体部732へ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板740が配置されている。遮光板740は、不透明樹脂成形品で構成されている。 A light shielding plate 740 is disposed between the first light-emitting element 720A to the third light-emitting element 720C and the projection lens 730 to block a portion of the light traveling from the first light-emitting element 720A to the third light-emitting element 720C toward the lens body 732 of the projection lens 730. The light shielding plate 740 is made of an opaque resin molded product.
 遮光板740は、第1発光素子720A、第2発光素子720Bおよび第3発光素子720Cからの出射光をレンズ本体部732に入射させるための第1開口部742Aa、第2開口部742Baおよび第3開口部742Caが形成された本体部742と、この本体部742から第1開口部742Aa、第2開口部742Baおよび第3開口部742Caを囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて筒状に延びる第1筒状部744A、第2筒状部744Bおよび第3筒状部744Cと、を備えている。 The light shielding plate 740 has a first opening 742Aa, a second opening 742Ba, and a third opening for allowing the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C to enter the lens body 732. A main body 742 in which an opening 742Ca is formed, and a first cylindrical member extending from the main body 742 toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca. It includes a portion 744A, a second cylindrical portion 744B, and a third cylindrical portion 744C.
 本体部742は、灯具の前後方向と直交する鉛直面に沿って延びるように形成されている。光軸Ax3を中心とする円形領域742dは、円形領域742dの前面が投影レンズ730のレンズ本体部732の後側焦点Fを含む凹曲面(具体的にはメリジオナル像面)C3に沿って延びるように形成されている。 The main body portion 742 is formed to extend along a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp. The circular area 742d centered on the optical axis Ax3 is configured such that the front surface of the circular area 742d extends along a concave curved surface (specifically, a meridional image surface) C3 including the rear focal point F of the lens body 732 of the projection lens 730. is formed.
 第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、上下方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。第1開口部742Aaは光軸Ax3よりも下方側に位置している。第2開口部742Baは光軸Ax3上に位置している。第3開口部742Caは光軸Ax3よりも上方側に位置している。 The first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed at intervals in the vertical direction. The first opening 742Aa is located below the optical axis Ax3. The second opening 742Ba is located on the optical axis Ax3. The third opening 742Ca is located above the optical axis Ax3.
 第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、いずれも上下幅よりも左右幅が大きい開口形状となるように形成されている。具体的には、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、いずれも灯具正面視においてV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。 The first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are all formed to have an opening shape in which the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width. Specifically, the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are all formed to have a V-shaped opening when viewed from the front of the lamp.
 第1開口部742Aa、第2開口部742Baおよび第3開口部742Caは、この順番で、開口部の上下幅が徐々に大きくなるように形成されている。第1開口部742Aa、第2開口部742Baおよび第3開口部742Caの上下方向の間隔は、この順番で徐々に大きくなるように形成されている。また、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、それぞれの左右両側の内周縁が上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びるように形成されている。第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、それぞれの左右両側の内周縁が左右1対の同一仮想直線上に位置するように形成されている。 The first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca are formed such that the vertical width of the opening gradually increases in this order. The vertical distance between the first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca is formed to gradually increase in this order. Further, the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed such that their respective inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction. The first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed such that their inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines.
 第1筒状部744A、第2筒状部744Bおよび第3筒状部744Cは、その内周面744Aa、744Ba、744Caが第1開口部742Aa、第2開口部742Baおよび第3開口部742Caと面一で延びるように形成されている。その際、第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは、灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなる反射面として形成されている。具体的には、第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caには、アルミニウムの真空蒸着等による反射面処理が施されている。 The first cylindrical part 744A, the second cylindrical part 744B, and the third cylindrical part 744C have inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa, 744Ba, and 744Ca that are connected to the first opening 742Aa, the second opening 742Ba, and the third opening 742Ca. It is formed to extend flush. At this time, the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed as reflective surfaces whose cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Specifically, the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are subjected to a reflective surface treatment such as vacuum evaporation of aluminum.
 第1筒状部744A、第2筒状部744Bおよび第3筒状部744Cの後端開口部744Ab、744Bb、744Cbは、いずれもV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。 The rear end openings 744Ab, 744Bb, and 744Cb of the first cylindrical portion 744A, the second cylindrical portion 744B, and the third cylindrical portion 744C are all formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
 遮光板740は、本体部742の左右両端部において投影レンズ730の左右1対の取付フランジ部736に対して灯具の後方側から当接した状態で位置決めされている。 The light shielding plate 740 is positioned at both left and right end portions of the main body portion 742 so as to be in contact with a pair of left and right mounting flanges 736 of the projection lens 730 from the rear side of the lamp.
 第1発光素子720A、第2発光素子720Bおよび第3発光素子720Cは、第1筒状部744A、第2筒状部744Bおよび第3筒状部744Cの灯具の後方側に位置するように配置されている。 The first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C are arranged to be located on the rear side of the lamp of the first cylindrical part 744A, the second cylindrical part 744B, and the third cylindrical part 744C. has been done.
 すなわち、第1発光素子720Aは、光軸Ax3よりも下方側において第1筒状部744Aの後端開口部744Abに臨むように配置されている。第2発光素子720Bは、光軸Ax上において第2筒状部744Bの後端開口部744Bbに臨むように配置されている。第3発光素子720Cは、光軸Ax3よりも上方側において第3筒状部744Cの後端開口部744Cbに臨むように配置されている。 That is, the first light emitting element 720A is arranged so as to face the rear end opening 744Ab of the first cylindrical portion 744A on the lower side of the optical axis Ax3. The second light emitting element 720B is arranged on the optical axis Ax so as to face the rear end opening 744Bb of the second cylindrical portion 744B. The third light emitting element 720C is arranged so as to face the rear end opening 744Cb of the third cylindrical portion 744C on the upper side of the optical axis Ax3.
 図27および図28に示すように、第1発光素子720A、第2発光素子720Bおよび第3発光素子720Cからの出射光は、第1筒状部744A、第2筒状部744Bおよび第3筒状部744Cに対してその後端開口部744Ab、744Bb、744Cbから入射する。第1筒状部744A、第2筒状部744Bおよび第3筒状部744Cに入射した光は、内周面744Aa、744Ba、744Caで反射した後、本体部742の第1開口部742Aa、第2開口部742Baおよび第3開口部742Caまで導かれた後、そのまま投影レンズ730のレンズ本体部732に入射する。第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは、灯具の後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなるように形成されている。このため、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光は、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caまで導かれやすくなる。 As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A, the second light emitting element 720B, and the third light emitting element 720C is The light enters the shaped portion 744C through rear end openings 744Ab, 744Bb, and 744Cb. The light incident on the first cylindrical part 744A, the second cylindrical part 744B, and the third cylindrical part 744C is reflected by the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa, 744Ba, and 744Ca, and then is reflected by the first opening 742Aa and the third cylindrical part 742A of the main body part 742. After being guided to the second opening 742Ba and the third opening 742Ca, the light enters the lens body 732 of the projection lens 730 as it is. The inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed such that their cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C is easily guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca.
 第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cは、図示しない電子制御ユニットに接続されており、車両走行状況等に応じて電子制御ユニットによる点消灯制御が行われるようになっている。 The first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C are connected to an electronic control unit (not shown), and the electronic control unit performs lighting/extinguishing control according to vehicle running conditions and the like.
 ヒートシンク760は、灯具の前後方向と直交する鉛直面に沿って延びる本体部762と、本体部762から灯具の後方へ向けて鉛直面に沿って延びる複数の放熱フィン764と、本体部762の左右両側部に形成された1対の取付フランジ部766とを備えている。 The heat sink 760 includes a main body 762 extending along a vertical plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction of the lamp, a plurality of radiation fins 764 extending along the vertical plane from the main body 762 toward the rear of the lamp, and left and right sides of the main body 762. A pair of mounting flanges 766 are formed on both sides.
 基板722は、ヒートシンク760の本体部762に対して面接触した状態で、その対角線上の2箇所においてネジ752の締め付けが行われることによって位置決めされ支持されている。 The board 722 is positioned and supported by tightening the screws 752 at two diagonal locations while being in surface contact with the main body 762 of the heat sink 760 .
 また、投影レンズ730および遮光板740は、ヒートシンク760の左右1対の取付フランジ部766に対して、その対角線上の2箇所においてネジ754の締め付けが行われることによって位置決めされ支持されている。このネジ締めは、投影レンズ730の左右1対の取付フランジ部736と遮光板740の左右両端部とをヒートシンク760の左右1対の取付フランジ部766に重ね合わせた状態で、共締めによって行われている。なお、投影レンズ730の左右1対の取付フランジ部736には、それぞれ位置決めピン736aが形成されており、一方、遮光板740の本体部742の左右両端部とヒートシンク760の左右1対の取付フランジ部766には、位置決めピン736aを挿通させるピン挿通孔742e、766aがそれぞれ形成されている。 Furthermore, the projection lens 730 and the light shielding plate 740 are positioned and supported by tightening screws 754 at two diagonal locations on the pair of right and left mounting flanges 766 of the heat sink 760. This screw tightening is performed by co-tightening the pair of left and right mounting flanges 736 of the projection lens 730 and both left and right ends of the light shielding plate 740 overlapping the pair of left and right mounting flanges 766 of the heat sink 760. ing. Note that positioning pins 736a are formed on the pair of left and right mounting flanges 736 of the projection lens 730, respectively, and on the other hand, the left and right ends of the main body 742 of the light shielding plate 740 and the pair of left and right mounting flanges of the heat sink 760 Pin insertion holes 742e and 766a are formed in the portion 766, respectively, into which the positioning pin 736a is inserted.
 次に、図30および図31に示す描画用配光パターンPA3について説明する。 Next, the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 shown in FIGS. 30 and 31 will be described.
 上述したとおり、描画用配光パターンPAは描画用灯具710からの照射光により形成される。描画用配光パターンPAは、図30および図31に示すように3つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa3、第2描画用配光パターンPAb3および第3描画用配光パターンPAc3で構成されている。 As described above, the drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 710. As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the drawing light distribution pattern PA is composed of three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3, second drawing light distribution patterns PAb3, and third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3. .
 3つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3は、いずれも逆V字形(すなわち灯具前方へ向けて尖った形状)の配光パターンである。3つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3は、略同一サイズでかつ直列配置で略等間隔をおいて、車両の前方の路面702のそれぞれ、遠距離領域、中距離領域、近距離領域に形成されている。 The three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 are all light distribution patterns in an inverted V shape (that is, a shape pointed toward the front of the lamp). The three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 have approximately the same size and are arranged in series at approximately equal intervals, and are arranged in a long distance area, a middle area, and a middle area, respectively, on the road surface 702 in front of the vehicle. It is formed in the distance area and short distance area.
 遠距離領域に形成される第1描画用配光パターンPAa3は、第1発光素子720Aからの出射光が投影レンズ730を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。中距離領域に形成される第2描画用配光パターンPAbは、第2発光素子720Bからの出射光が投影レンズ730を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。近距離領域に形成される第3描画用配光パターンPAcは、第3発光素子720Cからの出射光が投影レンズ730を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射されることにより形成される配光パターンである。 The first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 formed in the long distance area is a light distribution pattern formed by emitting light from the first light emitting element 720A toward the front of the lamp via the projection lens 730. be. The second drawing light distribution pattern PAb formed in the middle distance region is a light distribution pattern formed by emitting light from the second light emitting element 720B toward the front of the lamp via the projection lens 730. be. The third drawing light distribution pattern PAc formed in the short distance area is a light distribution pattern formed by emitting light from the third light emitting element 720C toward the front of the lamp via the projection lens 730. be.
 第1描画用配光パターンPAa3は、遮光板740の本体部742に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第1開口部742Aaの反転投影像として形成される。第1開口部742Aaは投影レンズ730の光軸Ax3よりも下方側に位置している。このため、第1発光素子720Aからの出射光は、光軸Ax3よりも上向きの光として灯具の前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、第1描画用配光パターンPAa3は、遠距離領域に形成される。 The first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 is formed as an inverted projection image of the first opening 742Aa formed in the main body portion 742 of the light shielding plate 740 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. The first opening 742Aa is located below the optical axis Ax3 of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed upward from the optical axis Ax3. Thereby, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 is formed in a long distance area.
 第2描画用配光パターンPAb3は、遮光板740の本体部742に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第2開口部742Baの反転投影像として形成される。第2開口部742Baは投影レンズ730の光軸Ax3上に位置している。このため、第2発光素子720Bからの出射光は光軸Ax3と略平行な光として灯具の前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、第2描画用配光パターンPAb3は、中距離領域に形成される。 The second drawing light distribution pattern PAb3 is formed as an inverted projection image of the second opening 742Ba, which is formed to have a V-shaped opening shape in the main body 742 of the light shielding plate 740. The second opening 742Ba is located on the optical axis Ax3 of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the light emitted from the second light-emitting element 720B is irradiated toward the front of the lamp as light approximately parallel to the optical axis Ax3. As a result, the second drawing light distribution pattern PAb3 is formed in the mid-distance region.
 第3描画用配光パターンPAc3は、遮光板740の本体部742に形成されたV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている第3開口部742Caの反転投影像として形成される。この第3開口部742Caは投影レンズ730の光軸Ax3よりも上方側に位置している。このため、第3発光素子720Cからの出射光は光軸Ax3よりも下向きの光として灯具の前方へ向けて照射される。これにより、第3描画用配光パターンPAc3は、近距離領域に形成される。 The third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 is formed as an inverted projection image of the third opening 742Ca formed in the main body portion 742 of the light shielding plate 740 so as to have a V-shaped opening shape. This third opening 742Ca is located above the optical axis Ax3 of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the light emitted from the third light emitting element 720C is emitted toward the front of the lamp as light directed downward from the optical axis Ax3. Thereby, the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 is formed in the short distance area.
 その際、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光は、第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cによって効率良く第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caまで導かれる。このため、第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3の明るさが十分に確保される。 At this time, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C is efficiently guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca by the first cylindrical part 744A to the third cylindrical part 744C. . Therefore, sufficient brightness of the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 is ensured.
 第1開口部740Aa、第2開口部740Ba、第3開口部740Caの上下幅がこの順番で大きくなっている。また、第1開口部740Aa、第2開口部740Ba、第3開口部740Caの左右両側の内周縁が上方へ向けて鉛直方向に対して多少拡がる方向に延びるように形成されている。第1開口部740Aa、第2開口部740Ba、第3開口部740Caの右両側の内周縁が左右1対の同一仮想直線上に位置している。このため、3つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3は略同一サイズで形成される。 The vertical widths of the first opening 740Aa, the second opening 740Ba, and the third opening 740Ca increase in this order. In addition, the inner peripheral edges on both left and right sides of the first opening 740Aa, the second opening 740Ba, and the third opening 740Ca are formed to extend upward in a direction slightly expanding with respect to the vertical direction. The inner peripheral edges on both right sides of the first opening 740Aa, the second opening 740Ba, and the third opening 740Ca are located on the same pair of left and right imaginary straight lines. Therefore, the three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 are formed to have substantially the same size.
 次に本実施形態の作用について説明する。 Next, the operation of this embodiment will be explained.
 本実施形態に係る描画用灯具710は、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光を遮光板740および投影レンズ730を介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより描画用配光パターンPAを形成する構成となっている。遮光板740は、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光を投影レンズ730に入射させるための第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caが形成された本体部742と、この本体部742からその第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caを囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて筒状に延びる第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cとを備えている。第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは、灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなる反射面として形成されている。第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cは、第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの灯具の後方に位置するように配置されている。 The drawing lamp 710 according to the present embodiment distributes light for drawing by irradiating the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C toward the front of the lamp via the light shielding plate 740 and the projection lens 730. It is configured to form a pattern PA. The light shielding plate 740 includes a main body portion 742 in which a first opening 742Aa to a third opening 742Ca are formed for allowing the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C to enter the projection lens 730; A first cylindrical portion 744A to a third cylindrical portion 744C extend from the main body portion 742 in a cylindrical shape toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca. Inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed as reflective surfaces whose cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp. The first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C are arranged to be located behind the lamps of the first cylindrical part 744A to the third cylindrical part 744C.
 第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cから出射され、遮光板740の第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caを介して投影レンズ730に入射した光は、それぞれ、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caの反転投影像として、第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3からなる描画用配光パターンPAを形成できる。 The light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C and entering the projection lens 730 through the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca of the light shielding plate 740 is transmitted through the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca, respectively. As an inverted projection image of the third opening 742Ca, a drawing light distribution pattern PA consisting of the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 can be formed.
 その上で、遮光板740には、その本体部742に形成された第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caを囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて突出する第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cが形成されている。第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは、反射面として形成されている。このため、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光を直接またはその内周面744Aa~744Caで反射させた上で第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caに導くことができる。第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなるように形成されている。このため、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光を第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caまで導いた上で投影レンズ730に入射しやすくなる。これにより、描画用配光パターンPA3を効率良く形成することができる。 In addition, the light shielding plate 740 has first to third cylindrical parts that protrude toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the first to third openings 742Aa to 742Ca formed in the main body part 742. A portion 744C is formed. Inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed as reflective surfaces. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C can be guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca directly or after being reflected by the inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca. . The inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed so that their cross-sectional shapes become smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C is guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca, and then enters the projection lens 730 more easily. Thereby, the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 can be efficiently formed.
 このように本実施形態によれば、描画用配光パターンPA3を形成するように構成された描画用灯具710において、描画用配光パターンPA3を効率良く形成することができる。これにより、周囲へ注意喚起効果を高めることができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 can be efficiently formed in the drawing lamp 710 configured to form the drawing light distribution pattern PA3. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be enhanced.
 遮光板740の第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、上下幅よりも左右幅が大きい開口形状となるように形成されている。第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは、灯具後方へ向けて上下幅の減少率よりも左右幅の減少率が大きくなるように形成されている。 The first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca of the light shielding plate 740 are formed to have an opening shape in which the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width. The inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first cylindrical portion 744A to the third cylindrical portion 744C are formed so that the rate of decrease in the horizontal width toward the rear of the lamp is greater than the rate of decrease in the vertical width.
 第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caの開口形状を上下幅よりも左右幅が大きく形成されている。描画用配光パターンPA3を構成する第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3を視認が容易な横長の配光パターンとして形成することができる。これにより、周囲へ注意喚起効果を高めることができる。 The opening shapes of the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed so that the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width. The first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 constituting the drawing light distribution pattern PA3 can be formed as horizontally elongated light distribution patterns that are easy to visually recognize. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be enhanced.
 その上で、第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caは、灯具後方へ向けて上下幅の減少率よりも左右幅の減少率が大きくなるように形成されている。このため、内周面744Aa~744Caで反射した第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光は、略均一な明るさの光として第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caに導かれる。これにより、第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3を略均一な明るさで形成することが可能となる。 In addition, the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C are formed such that the rate of decrease in the horizontal width toward the rear of the lamp is greater than the rate of decrease in the vertical width. ing. Therefore, the emitted light from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C reflected by the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca is guided to the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca as light with substantially uniform brightness. It will be destroyed. This makes it possible to form the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 with substantially uniform brightness.
 その際、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。このため、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cから出射され、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caを通る光は、反転投影像として逆V字形(すなわち灯具前方へ向けて尖った形状)の第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3を形成する。これにより、周囲へ注意喚起効果をさらに高めることができる。 In this case, the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. Therefore, the light emitted from the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C and passing through the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca has an inverted V shape (i.e., a sharp point toward the front of the lamp) as an inverted projected image. A first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to a third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 are formed. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be further enhanced.
 しかも、遮光板740には、その本体部742の前面に投影レンズ730の後側焦点Fを含む凹曲面C3に沿って延びる円形領域742dが形成されている。このため、第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3において、明瞭な輪郭を有する配光パターンとして形成することができる。 In addition, the light shielding plate 740 has a circular region 742d formed on the front surface of its main body 742, extending along a concave curved surface C3 that includes the rear focal point F of the projection lens 730. Therefore, the first drawing light distribution pattern PAa3 to the third drawing light distribution pattern PAc3 can be formed as light distribution patterns having clear outlines.
 さらに、遮光板740には、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caおよび第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cが上下方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caおよび第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの各々に対して第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cが配置されている。このため、3つの第1描画用配光パターンPAa3~第3描画用配光パターンPAc3を直列配置で効率良く形成することができる。これにより、周囲へ注意喚起効果をさらに高めることができる。 Further, in the light shielding plate 740, a first opening 742Aa to a third opening 742Ca and a first cylindrical part 744A to a third cylindrical part 744C are formed at intervals in the vertical direction. A first light emitting element 720A to a third light emitting element 720C are arranged for each of the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca and the first cylindrical part 744A to the third cylindrical part 744C. Therefore, the three first drawing light distribution patterns PAa3 to third drawing light distribution patterns PAc3 can be efficiently formed in series. Thereby, the effect of alerting the surroundings can be further enhanced.
 本実施形態においては、遮光板740に形成された第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742CaがいずれもV字形の開口形状となるように形成されている。しかしながら、第1開口部742Aa~第3開口部742Caは、これ以外の開口形状(例えば下向き矢印や逆台形等の開口形状)となるように形成されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca formed in the light shielding plate 740 are all formed to have a V-shaped opening shape. However, the first opening 742Aa to the third opening 742Ca may be formed to have an opening shape other than this (for example, an opening shape such as a downward arrow or an inverted trapezoid).
 本実施形態においては、遮光板740に形成された第1筒状部744A~第3筒状部744Cの内周面744Aa~744Caに反射処理が施されることによって、内周面744Aa~744Caが反射面として形成されている。しかしながら、表面反射率の高い白色の樹脂成形品等で遮光板740が構成されることによって内周面744Aa~744Caが反射面として形成されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca of the first to third cylindrical portions 744A to 744C formed on the light shielding plate 740 are subjected to reflection treatment, so that the inner peripheral surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca are It is formed as a reflective surface. However, the inner circumferential surfaces 744Aa to 744Ca may be formed as reflective surfaces by forming the light shielding plate 740 with a white resin molded product with high surface reflectance.
 本実施形態においては、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cの発光色が白色であるものとして説明したが、これ以外の発光色(例えばアンバー色や赤色等)が採用されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the first light emitting element 720A to the third light emitting element 720C have been described as emitting white light, but other light emitting colors (for example, amber color, red, etc.) may be employed.
 本実施形態においては、描画用灯具710が車両800の前端部における車幅方向側端部に搭載されているが、車両800の後端部や側面部等に搭載されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the drawing lamp 710 is mounted on the front end of the vehicle 800 at the side end in the vehicle width direction, but it may also be mounted on the rear end, side surface, etc. of the vehicle 800.
 本実施形態においては、描画用灯具710からの照射光によって車両の前方の路面702に描画用配光パターンPAが形成されている。しかしながら、灯具の前方に配置された壁面や灯具の前方へ向けて延びる壁面等に描画用配光パターンが形成されてもよい。 In this embodiment, a drawing light distribution pattern PA is formed on the road surface 702 in front of the vehicle by the irradiation light from the drawing lamp 710. However, the drawing light distribution pattern may be formed on a wall surface disposed in front of the lamp, a wall surface extending toward the front of the lamp, or the like.
 次に、第三実施形態の変形例について説明する。 Next, a modification of the third embodiment will be described.
 図32は、第三実施形態の変形例に係る描画用灯具810の正面図である。図32は、図26と同じ向きから描画用灯具810を見た図である。図33は、第三実施形態の変形例に係る描画用灯具810の断面図である。図33は、図28と同じ向きから描画用灯具810を見た図である。 FIG. 32 is a front view of a drawing lamp 810 according to a modification of the third embodiment. FIG. 32 is a diagram of the drawing lamp 810 viewed from the same direction as FIG. 26. FIG. 33 is a sectional view of a drawing lamp 810 according to a modification of the third embodiment. FIG. 33 is a diagram of the drawing lamp 810 viewed from the same direction as FIG. 28.
 図32および図33に示すように、本変形例の基本的な構成は第三実施形態の場合と同様であるが、遮光板840の構成が第三実施形態の場合と一部異なっている。これに伴い、第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cの配置が第三実施形態の場合と一部異なっている。 As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33, the basic configuration of this modification is the same as that of the third embodiment, but the configuration of the light shielding plate 840 is partially different from that of the third embodiment. Accordingly, the arrangement of the first to third light emitting elements 720A to 720C is partially different from that of the third embodiment.
 本変形例の遮光板840も、本体部842に形成された第1開口部842Aa、第2開口部842Baおよび第3開口部842Caの形状および配置は第三実施形態の場合と同様である。しかしながら、第1筒状部844A、第2筒状部844Bおよび第3筒状部844Cが、灯具後の方へ向けて互いに異なる上下方向に対する傾斜角で延びるように形成されている点で第三実施形態の場合と異なっている。 In the light shielding plate 840 of this modification, the shape and arrangement of the first opening 842Aa, second opening 842Ba, and third opening 842Ca formed in the main body portion 842 are the same as in the third embodiment. However, the first cylindrical part 844A, the second cylindrical part 844B, and the third cylindrical part 844C are formed to extend toward the rear of the lamp at different angles of inclination with respect to the vertical direction. This is different from the case of the embodiment.
 具体的には、第2筒状部844Bの形状については第三実施形態の第2筒状部744Bと同様である。しかしながら、第1筒状部844Aは、第三実施形態の第1筒状部744Aよりも灯具後方へ向けて下向きに延びるように形成されている。第3筒状部844Cは、第三実施形態の第3筒状部744Cよりも灯具後方へ向けて上向きに延びるように形成されている。 Specifically, the shape of the second cylindrical portion 844B is similar to the second cylindrical portion 744B of the third embodiment. However, the first cylindrical portion 844A is formed to extend further downward toward the rear of the lamp than the first cylindrical portion 744A of the third embodiment. The third cylindrical portion 844C is formed to extend upward toward the rear of the lamp compared to the third cylindrical portion 744C of the third embodiment.
 また本変形例においては、遮光板840は、3つの遮光板構成要素840A、840B、840Cが上下方向に積層されて構成されている。 Furthermore, in this modification, the light shielding plate 840 is configured by vertically stacking three light shielding plate components 840A, 840B, and 840C.
 すなわち、本変形例の遮光板840は、本体部842が第1開口部842Aaの下端位置と第3開口部842Caの上端位置とを境にして、3つの遮光板構成要素840A、840B、840Cに分割されることで構成されている。その際、最も下側に位置する遮光板構成要素840Aは略U字形に形成されている。遮光板構成要素840B、840Cは、遮光板構成要素840Aに対して上方側から嵌め込まれるようにして支持されている。 That is, in the light shielding plate 840 of this modification, the main body portion 842 is connected to three light shielding plate components 840A, 840B, and 840C with the lower end position of the first opening 842Aa and the upper end position of the third opening 842Ca as the border. It consists of being divided. At this time, the light shielding plate component 840A located at the lowermost side is formed into a substantially U-shape. The light shielding plate components 840B and 840C are supported so as to be fitted into the light shielding plate component 840A from above.
 なお、第1筒状部844A、第2筒状部844Bおよび第3筒状部844Cの内周面844Aa、844Ba、844Caの断面形状は、第三実施形態の場合と同様である。第1筒状部844A、第2筒状部844Bおよび第3筒状部844Cの後端開口部844Ab、844Bb、844Cbの形状も第三実施形態の場合と同様である。さらに、本体部842の円形領域842dも、第三実施形態の場合と同様の凹曲面C3に沿って延びるように形成されている。 Note that the cross-sectional shapes of the inner circumferential surfaces 844Aa, 844Ba, and 844Ca of the first cylindrical portion 844A, the second cylindrical portion 844B, and the third cylindrical portion 844C are the same as in the third embodiment. The shapes of the rear end openings 844Ab, 844Bb, and 844Cb of the first cylindrical portion 844A, the second cylindrical portion 844B, and the third cylindrical portion 844C are also the same as in the third embodiment. Furthermore, the circular region 842d of the main body portion 842 is also formed to extend along the concave curved surface C3 similar to the case of the third embodiment.
 また本変形例においても、第1発光素子720A、第2発光素子720Bおよび第3発光素子720Cは、第1筒状部844A、第2筒状部844Bおよび第3筒状部844Cの灯具後方に位置するように配置されている。第1筒状部844A~第3筒状部844Cが、灯具後方へ向けて互いに異なる上下方向傾斜角で延びるように形成されている。第1発光素子720Aは、第三実施形態の場合よりも多少上方側に変位している。第3発光素子720Cは、第三実施形態の場合よりも多少下方側に変位している。 Also in this modified example, the first light-emitting element 720A, the second light-emitting element 720B, and the third light-emitting element 720C are arranged so as to be located behind the lamp of the first cylindrical portion 844A, the second cylindrical portion 844B, and the third cylindrical portion 844C. The first cylindrical portion 844A to the third cylindrical portion 844C are formed so as to extend toward the rear of the lamp at different vertical inclination angles. The first light-emitting element 720A is displaced slightly upward compared to the third embodiment. The third light-emitting element 720C is displaced slightly downward compared to the third embodiment.
 本変形例の構成が採用されることにより、第1筒状部844A~第3筒状部844Cを介して第1開口部842Aa~第3開口部842Caから出射した第1発光素子720A~第3発光素子720Cからの出射光が、投影レンズ730の光軸Ax3寄りの中心領域に入射させることが容易となる。これにより、投影レンズ730による偏向制御の精度が良くなる。 By employing the configuration of this modification, the first light emitting element 720A to the third The light emitted from the light emitting element 720C can be easily made to enter the central region of the projection lens 730 near the optical axis Ax3. This improves the accuracy of deflection control by the projection lens 730.
 また本変形例のように、遮光板840の構成として、3つの遮光板構成要素840A、840B、840Cが上下方向に積層されることにより、第1筒状部844A~第3筒状部844Cの形状の自由度を高めることができる。 Further, as in this modification, the structure of the light shielding plate 840 is such that three light shielding plate components 840A, 840B, and 840C are stacked in the vertical direction, so that the first to third cylindrical portions 844A to 844C are The degree of freedom in shape can be increased.
 具体的には、本変形例の遮光板840は、第1筒状部844A~第3筒状部844Cが灯具の後方へ向けて互いに異なる上下方向に対する傾斜角で延びている。 Specifically, in the light shielding plate 840 of this modification, the first to third cylindrical portions 844A to 844C extend toward the rear of the lamp at different angles of inclination with respect to the vertical direction.
 すなわち、本変形例の遮光板840を単一部材として成形するようにした場合にはアンダーカットを生じるので、実現が困難である。 That is, if the light shielding plate 840 of this modification is molded as a single member, an undercut will occur, which is difficult to realize.
 これに対し、遮光板840を3つの遮光板構成要素840A~840Cが積層されることにより、その各々を容易に成形することが可能となる。これにより、第1筒状部844A~第3筒状部844Cの形状の自由度を高めることができる。 On the other hand, by stacking the three light shielding plate components 840A to 840C in the light shielding plate 840, it becomes possible to easily mold each of them. Thereby, the degree of freedom in the shape of the first to third cylindrical portions 844A to 844C can be increased.
 第三実施形態に係る描画用灯具は、車載用の灯具であってもよいし、車載用以外の用途に用いられる灯具であってもよい。 The drawing lamp according to the third embodiment may be an in-vehicle lamp, or may be a lamp used for purposes other than in-vehicle use.
 遮光板は、発光素子と投影レンズとの間において、発光素子から投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するように構成されていれば、その具体的な配置は特に限定されるものではない。 The specific arrangement of the light-shielding plate is not particularly limited as long as it is configured between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens.
 開口部は、発光素子からの出射光を投影レンズに入射させるように形成されていれば、その具体的な配置や開口形状は特に限定されるものではない。 The specific arrangement and shape of the opening are not particularly limited as long as the opening is formed so that the light emitted from the light emitting element is incident on the projection lens.
 筒状部は、本体部からその開口部を囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて筒状に延びているが、その際、必ずしも開口部を全周にわたって囲むように形成されていなくてもよい。 The cylindrical portion extends cylindrically from the main body toward the rear of the lamp, surrounding the opening, but does not necessarily have to be formed to completely surround the opening.
 筒状部の内周面は、灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなる反射面として形成されていれば、その具体的な内周面形状は特に限定されるものではない。また、内周面の反射面は、反射面処理が施されることによって構成されたものであってもよいし、例えば白色の平滑面等の反射率の高い表面で構成されたものであってもよい。 The specific shape of the inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is not particularly limited as long as it is formed as a reflective surface whose cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp. Further, the reflective surface of the inner circumferential surface may be configured by being subjected to reflective surface treatment, or may be configured by a surface with high reflectance such as a white smooth surface. Good too.
 なお、第一実施形態から第三実施形態およびその変形例において諸元として示した数値は一例にすぎず、これらを適宜異なる値に設定してもよいことはもちろんである。 Note that the numerical values shown as specifications in the first embodiment to the third embodiment and their modifications are merely examples, and it goes without saying that these may be set to different values as appropriate.
 また本開示は、第一実施形態から第三実施形態およびその変形例に記載された構成に限定されるものではなく、これ以外の種々の変更を加えた構成が採用可能である。 Further, the present disclosure is not limited to the configurations described in the first embodiment to the third embodiment and their modifications, and configurations with various changes other than these can be adopted.
 本出願は、2022年9月21日に出願された日本国特許出願(特願2022-150309号)、2022年9月21日に出願された日本国特許出願(特願2022-150310号)、および2022年11月14日に出願された日本国特許出願(特願2022-182184号)に開示された内容を適宜援用する。 This application is a Japanese patent application filed on September 21, 2022 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-150309), a Japanese patent application filed on September 21, 2022 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-150310), The content disclosed in the Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-182184) filed on November 14, 2022 is appropriately incorporated.

Claims (17)

  1.  発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、
     前記発光素子と前記投影レンズとの間に、前記発光素子から前記投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、
     前記遮光板に、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている開口部が形成されており、
     前記発光素子と前記遮光板との間に、前記発光素子からの出射光を前記開口部へ向けて集光させるための集光レンズが配置されており、
     前記集光レンズは、灯具正面視において前記開口部と重複する位置関係でV字形に延びるように形成されている、描画用灯具。
    In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens,
    A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
    The light shielding plate has an opening formed in a V-shaped opening shape,
    A condensing lens for condensing light emitted from the light emitting element toward the opening is disposed between the light emitting element and the light shielding plate,
    In the drawing lamp, the condenser lens is formed to extend in a V-shape so as to overlap the opening when viewed from the front of the lamp.
  2.  前記発光素子は、矩形状の発光面を有しており、かつ、前記発光面が灯具正面視において菱形に見えるように配置されている、請求項1記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 1, wherein the light emitting element has a rectangular light emitting surface, and the light emitting surface is arranged so as to appear diamond-shaped when the lamp is viewed from the front.
  3.  前記発光素子は、V字形の配置で3箇所に配置されている、請求項1または2に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the light emitting elements are arranged in three locations in a V-shape arrangement.
  4.  前記集光レンズは、前記3箇所に配置された発光素子からの出射光を互いに近づく方向へ向けて出射させるように構成されている、請求項3に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 3, wherein the condenser lens is configured to direct the light emitted from the light emitting elements arranged at the three locations in a direction toward each other.
  5.  前記開口部は、上下方向に間隔をおいて複数箇所に形成されている、請求項1または2に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the openings are formed at multiple locations at intervals in the vertical direction.
  6.  発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、
     前記発光素子と前記投影レンズとの間に、前記発光素子から前記投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、
     前記投影レンズは、第1および第2投影レンズ部が灯具前後方向と交差する所要方向に並んだ状態で配置された構成となっており、
     前記遮光板に、複数の開口部が形成されており、
     前記遮光板は、前記複数の開口部として、前記第1投影レンズ部の灯具後方側において前記所要方向と交差する方向に間隔をおいて配置された複数の第1開口部と、前記第2投影レンズ部の灯具後方側に配置された少なくとも1つの第2開口部とを備えており、
     前記発光素子として、前記複数の第1開口部の灯具後方側に配置された第1発光素子と、前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部の灯具後方側に配置された第2発光素子とを備えており、
     前記複数の第1開口部を介して前記第1投影レンズ部に入射した前記第1発光素子からの出射光によって形成される複数の第1描画用配光パターンの各々と、前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部を介して前記第2投影レンズ部に入射した前記第2発光素子からの出射光によって形成される少なくとも1つの第2描画用配光パターンの各々とが、直列配置で交互に形成されるように、前記第1投影レンズ部および前記複数の第1開口部の配置ならびに前記第2投影レンズ部および前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部の配置が設定されている、描画用灯具。
    In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens,
    A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens to block a part of the light directed from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
    The projection lens has a configuration in which the first and second projection lens portions are arranged side by side in a required direction intersecting the front-rear direction of the lamp,
    A plurality of openings are formed in the light shielding plate,
    The light shielding plate includes, as the plurality of openings, a plurality of first openings arranged at intervals in a direction intersecting the required direction on the rear side of the lamp of the first projection lens section, and a plurality of first openings arranged at intervals in a direction intersecting the required direction. and at least one second opening disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the lens part,
    The light emitting element includes a first light emitting element disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the plurality of first openings, and a second light emitting element disposed on the rear side of the lamp of the at least one second opening. Ori,
    each of the plurality of first drawing light distribution patterns formed by the light emitted from the first light emitting element that enters the first projection lens section through the plurality of first openings; Each of the at least one second drawing light distribution pattern formed by the light emitted from the second light emitting element that enters the second projection lens part through the second opening is arranged alternately in series. The drawing lamp, wherein the arrangement of the first projection lens section and the plurality of first openings and the arrangement of the second projection lens section and the at least one second opening are set so that
  7.  前記所要方向と交差する方向が上下方向に設定されている請求項6に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 6, wherein a direction intersecting the required direction is set to an up-down direction.
  8.  前記複数の第1開口部および前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部の各々が、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている、請求項7に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 7, wherein each of the plurality of first openings and the at least one second opening are formed to have a V-shaped opening shape.
  9.  前記第1発光素子と前記遮光板との間に、前記第1発光素子からの出射光を前記複数の第1開口部へ向けて集光させるための第1集光レンズが配置されており、
     前記第2発光素子と前記遮光板との間に、前記第2発光素子からの出射光を前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部へ向けて集光させるための第2集光レンズが配置されている、請求項6または7に記載の描画用灯具。
    A first condensing lens for condensing light emitted from the first light emitting element toward the plurality of first openings is disposed between the first light emitting element and the light shielding plate,
    A second condensing lens for condensing light emitted from the second light emitting element toward the at least one second opening is disposed between the second light emitting element and the light shielding plate. , The drawing lamp according to claim 6 or 7.
  10.  前記第1発光素子は、前記複数の第1開口部の各々に対応する位置にそれぞれ配置されており、
     前記第2発光素子は、前記少なくとも1つの第2開口部の各々に対応する位置にそれぞれ配置されている、請求項6または7に記載の描画用灯具。
    The first light emitting element is arranged at a position corresponding to each of the plurality of first openings,
    The drawing lamp according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the second light emitting element is arranged at a position corresponding to each of the at least one second opening.
  11.  発光素子からの出射光を、投影レンズを介して灯具前方へ向けて照射することにより、描画用配光パターンを形成するように構成された描画用灯具において、
     前記発光素子と前記投影レンズとの間に、前記発光素子から前記投影レンズへ向かう光の一部を遮光するための遮光板が配置されており、
     前記遮光板は、前記発光素子からの出射光を前記投影レンズに入射させるための開口部が形成された本体部と、前記本体部から前記開口部を囲むようにして灯具後方へ向けて筒状に延びる筒状部とを備えており、
     前記筒状部の内周面は、灯具後方へ向けて断面形状が小さくなる反射面として形成されており、
     前記発光素子は、前記筒状部の灯具後方に位置するように配置されている、描画用灯具。
    In a drawing lamp configured to form a drawing light distribution pattern by irradiating light emitted from a light emitting element toward the front of the lamp through a projection lens,
    A light-shielding plate is disposed between the light-emitting element and the projection lens for blocking a part of the light traveling from the light-emitting element to the projection lens,
    The light shielding plate includes a main body in which an opening is formed for allowing light emitted from the light emitting element to enter the projection lens, and a cylindrical shape extending from the main body toward the rear of the lamp so as to surround the opening. It is equipped with a cylindrical part,
    The inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion is formed as a reflective surface whose cross-sectional shape becomes smaller toward the rear of the lamp,
    A drawing lamp, wherein the light emitting element is arranged to be located behind the lamp of the cylindrical part.
  12.  前記開口部は、上下幅よりも左右幅が大きい開口形状となるように形成されており、
     前記筒状部の内周面は、灯具後方へ向けて上下幅の減少率よりも左右幅の減少率が大きくなるように形成されている、請求項11に記載の描画用灯具。
    The opening is formed so that the horizontal width is larger than the vertical width,
    12. The drawing lamp according to claim 11, wherein the inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion is formed such that the rate of decrease in horizontal width is greater than the rate of decrease in vertical width toward the rear of the lamp.
  13.  前記開口部は、V字形の開口形状となるように形成されている、請求項12に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 12, wherein the opening is formed to have a V-shaped opening.
  14.  前記遮光板は、前記本体部の前面が前記投影レンズの後側焦点を含む凹曲面に沿って延びるように形成されている、請求項11または12に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the light shielding plate is formed such that the front surface of the main body extends along a concave curved surface that includes a rear focal point of the projection lens.
  15.  前記遮光板は、前記開口部および前記筒状部が上下方向に間隔をおいて複数箇所に形成された構成となっており、
     前記発光素子は、前記複数箇所の各々に配置されている、請求項11または12に記載の描画用灯具。
    The light blocking plate is configured such that the openings and the cylindrical portions are formed at a plurality of locations at intervals in the up-down direction,
    The drawing lamp according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the light emitting element is disposed at each of the plurality of locations.
  16.  前記筒状部は、前記複数箇所の各々において灯具後方へ向けて互いに異なる上下方向傾斜角で延びるように形成されている、請求項15に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 15, wherein the cylindrical portion is formed to extend toward the rear of the lamp at different vertical inclination angles at each of the plurality of locations.
  17.  前記遮光板は、複数の遮光板構成要素が上下方向に積層された構成となっている、請求項15に記載の描画用灯具。 The drawing lamp according to claim 15, wherein the light shielding plate has a structure in which a plurality of light shielding plate components are stacked vertically.
PCT/JP2023/034142 2022-09-21 2023-09-20 Drawing lamp WO2024063102A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022150309A JP2024044651A (en) 2022-09-21 2022-09-21 Drawing lamp
JP2022150310A JP2024044652A (en) 2022-09-21 2022-09-21 Drawing lamp
JP2022-150309 2022-09-21
JP2022-150310 2022-09-21
JP2022182184 2022-11-14
JP2022-182184 2022-11-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024063102A1 true WO2024063102A1 (en) 2024-03-28

Family

ID=90454709

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/034142 WO2024063102A1 (en) 2022-09-21 2023-09-20 Drawing lamp

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024063102A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003317504A (en) * 2002-04-19 2003-11-07 Koito Mfg Co Ltd Light fixture for vehicle
JP2008108470A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Ichikoh Ind Ltd Vehicular lighting fixture
JP2020205237A (en) * 2019-06-12 2020-12-24 市光工業株式会社 Vehicular lighting fixture

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003317504A (en) * 2002-04-19 2003-11-07 Koito Mfg Co Ltd Light fixture for vehicle
JP2008108470A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Ichikoh Ind Ltd Vehicular lighting fixture
JP2020205237A (en) * 2019-06-12 2020-12-24 市光工業株式会社 Vehicular lighting fixture

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10260697B2 (en) Vehicle lamp having integral projection lenses and a primary array of light emitting elements arranged on common support with apertures and a secondary array of light emitting elements arranged behind apertures
US20210341123A1 (en) Vehicle lamp
US20170343172A1 (en) Integral lighting assembly
JP7274838B2 (en) Light distribution element for light emitting device, and light emitting device
JP6690960B2 (en) Vehicle lighting
JP6560514B2 (en) Vehicle lighting
JP7256017B2 (en) Optical module with primary optics equipped with two shaping layers
JP5152487B2 (en) Vehicle headlamp
WO2014208655A1 (en) Vehicle lamp fitting
US8740429B2 (en) Vehicular lamp
US10906453B2 (en) Vehicular detection device and vehicular lamp
JP6690961B2 (en) Vehicle lighting
WO2024063102A1 (en) Drawing lamp
JP7186570B2 (en) vehicle lamp
JP2020072055A (en) Vehicular lamp
US10883689B2 (en) Vehicular headlamp
JP6712210B2 (en) Vehicle lighting
JP2020061233A (en) Vehicular lighting tool
CN113513734A (en) Lamp for vehicle and vehicle comprising same
US11137125B2 (en) Vehicle lamp
WO2024063104A1 (en) Lamp for drawing
JP2024044649A (en) drawing lamp
JP2024044650A (en) drawing lamp
JP7423300B2 (en) Vehicle lights
WO2023022069A1 (en) Lamp for drawing